Guide to the Secure Configuration of SUSE Linux Enterprise 15

with profile CIS SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 Benchmark
This baseline aligns to the Center for Internet Security SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 Benchmark, v1.0.0, currently in draft.
This guide presents a catalog of security-relevant configuration settings for SUSE Linux Enterprise 15. It is a rendering of content structured in the eXtensible Configuration Checklist Description Format (XCCDF) in order to support security automation. The SCAP content is is available in the scap-security-guide package which is developed at https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide.

Providing system administrators with such guidance informs them how to securely configure systems under their control in a variety of network roles. Policy makers and baseline creators can use this catalog of settings, with its associated references to higher-level security control catalogs, in order to assist them in security baseline creation. This guide is a catalog, not a checklist, and satisfaction of every item is not likely to be possible or sensible in many operational scenarios. However, the XCCDF format enables granular selection and adjustment of settings, and their association with OVAL and OCIL content provides an automated checking capability. Transformations of this document, and its associated automated checking content, are capable of providing baselines that meet a diverse set of policy objectives. Some example XCCDF Profiles, which are selections of items that form checklists and can be used as baselines, are available with this guide. They can be processed, in an automated fashion, with tools that support the Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP). The DISA STIG, which provides required settings for US Department of Defense systems, is one example of a baseline created from this guidance.
Do not attempt to implement any of the settings in this guide without first testing them in a non-operational environment. The creators of this guidance assume no responsibility whatsoever for its use by other parties, and makes no guarantees, expressed or implied, about its quality, reliability, or any other characteristic.

Profile Information

Profile TitleCIS SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 Benchmark
Profile IDxccdf_org.ssgproject.content_profile_cis

CPE Platforms

  • cpe:/o:suse:linux_enterprise_server:15
  • cpe:/o:suse:linux_enterprise_desktop:15

Revision History

Current version: 0.1.51

  • draft (as of 2020-07-20)

Table of Contents

  1. System Settings
    1. Account and Access Control
    2. System Accounting with auditd
    3. Installing and Maintaining Software
    4. GRUB2 bootloader configuration
    5. File Permissions and Masks
    6. Network Configuration and Firewalls
    7. Configure Syslog
  2. Services
    1. Mail Server Software
    2. Samba(SMB) Microsoft Windows File Sharing Server
    3. DHCP
    4. SSH Server
    5. FTP Server
    6. Proxy Server
    7. LDAP
    8. SNMP Server
    9. Cron and At Daemons
    10. X Window System
    11. IMAP and POP3 Server
    12. DNS Server
    13. Network Time Protocol
    14. Print Support
    15. Web Server
    16. Avahi Server
    17. Obsolete Services
    18. Deprecated services
    19. NFS and RPC

Checklist

Group   Guide to the Secure Configuration of SUSE Linux Enterprise 15   Group contains 90 groups and 201 rules
Group   System Settings   Group contains 46 groups and 136 rules

[ref]   Contains rules that check correct system settings.

Group   Account and Access Control   Group contains 3 groups and 8 rules

[ref]   In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore, making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under SUSE Linux Enterprise 15.

Group   Warning Banners for System Accesses   Group contains 1 group and 6 rules

[ref]   Each system should expose as little information about itself as possible.

System banners, which are typically displayed just before a login prompt, give out information about the service or the host's operating system. This might include the distribution name and the system kernel version, and the particular version of a network service. This information can assist intruders in gaining access to the system as it can reveal whether the system is running vulnerable software. Most network services can be configured to limit what information is displayed.

Many organizations implement security policies that require a system banner provide notice of the system's ownership, provide warning to unauthorized users, and remind authorized users of their consent to monitoring.

Group   Implement a GUI Warning Banner   Group contains 2 rules

Rule   Enable GNOME3 Login Warning Banner   [ref]

In the default graphical environment, displaying a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen can be enabled on the login screen by setting banner-message-enable to true.

To enable, add or edit banner-message-enable to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/00-security-settings. For example:

[org/gnome/login-screen]
banner-message-enable=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-enable
After the settings have been set, run dconf update. The banner text must also be set.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

For U.S. Government systems, system use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dconf_gnome_banner_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088

Rule   Verify permissions on Message of the Day Banner   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/motd, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/motd

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper permissions will ensure that only root user can modify the banner.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_motd
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/motd


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/motd
  stat:
    path: /etc/motd
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_motd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/motd
  file:
    path: /etc/motd
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_motd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify permissions on System Login Banner   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/issue, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/issue

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper permissions will ensure that only root user can modify the banner.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_issue
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/issue


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/issue
  stat:
    path: /etc/issue
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_issue
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/issue
  file:
    path: /etc/issue
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_issue
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Modify the System Login Banner   [ref]

To configure the system login banner edit /etc/issue. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

System use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_banner_etc_issue
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 15, 16, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(c), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000023-VMM-000060, SRG-OS-000024-VMM-000070

Rule   Modify the System Message of the Day Banner   [ref]

To configure the system message banner edit /etc/motd. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

System use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_banner_etc_motd
Identifiers and References
Group   Protect Physical Console Access   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   It is impossible to fully protect a system from an attacker with physical access, so securing the space in which the system is located should be considered a necessary step. However, there are some steps which, if taken, make it more difficult for an attacker to quickly or undetectably modify a system from its console.

Rule   Require Authentication for Single User Mode   [ref]

Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system by providing a boot option at startup. By default, no authentication is performed if single-user mode is selected.

By default, single-user mode is protected by requiring a password and is set in /usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service.

Rationale:

This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented by configuring the bootloader password.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_require_singleuser_auth
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, IA-2, AC-3, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: require single user mode password
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service
    regexp: ^#?ExecStart=
    line: ExecStart=-/bin/sh -c "/sbin/sulogin; /usr/bin/systemctl --fail --no-block
      default"
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-2
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - require_singleuser_auth
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Require Authentication for Emergency Systemd Target   [ref]

Emergency mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system during a failed boot sequence.

By default, Emergency mode is protected by requiring a password and is set in /usr/lib/systemd/system/emergency.service.

Rationale:

This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented by configuring the bootloader password.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_require_emergency_target_auth
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.1.1, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, IA-2, AC-3, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: require emergency mode password
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /usr/lib/systemd/system/emergency.service
    regexp: ^#?ExecStart=
    line: ExecStart=-/bin/sh -c "/sbin/sulogin; /usr/bin/systemctl --fail --no-block
      default"
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-2
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - require_emergency_target_auth
    - restrict_strategy
Group   System Accounting with auditd   Group contains 4 groups and 20 rules

[ref]   The audit service provides substantial capabilities for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication events performed by programs such as sudo. Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.

NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules files (*.rules) located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup, and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting:

ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules, use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file for further details.

Government networks often have substantial auditing requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these requirements. Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system satisfies common requirements. The following example from Fedora Documentation available at https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/SELinux_Users_and_Administrators_Guide/sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Troubleshooting-Fixing_Problems.html#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages shows the substantial amount of information captured in a two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with the samba_share_t type):
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc:  denied  { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file

type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
  • msg=audit(1226874073.147:96)
    • The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time) for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the date command.
  • { getattr }
    • The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied. getattr indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information. This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr, read, and write.
  • comm="httpd"
    • The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is found in the exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL) message, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".
  • path="/var/www/html/file1"
    • The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
  • scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running in the httpd_t domain.
  • tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access. In this case, it is the SELinux context of file1. Note: the samba_share_t type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
  • From the system call (SYSCALL) message, two items are of interest:
    • success=no: indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not. success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t and kernel_t.
    • exe="/usr/sbin/httpd": the full path to the executable that launched the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".

Group   Configure auditd Data Retention   Group contains 5 rules

[ref]   The audit system writes data to /var/log/audit/audit.log. By default, auditd rotates 5 logs by size (6MB), retaining a maximum of 30MB of data in total, and refuses to write entries when the disk is too full. This minimizes the risk of audit data filling its partition and impacting other services. This also minimizes the risk of the audit daemon temporarily disabling the system if it cannot write audit log (which it can be configured to do). For a busy system or a system which is thoroughly auditing system activity, the default settings for data retention may be insufficient. The log file size needed will depend heavily on what types of events are being audited. First configure auditing to log all the events of interest. Then monitor the log size manually for awhile to determine what file size will allow you to keep the required data for the correct time period.

Using a dedicated partition for /var/log/audit prevents the auditd logs from disrupting system functionality if they fill, and, more importantly, prevents other activity in /var from filling the partition and stopping the audit trail. (The audit logs are size-limited and therefore unlikely to grow without bound unless configured to do so.) Some machines may have requirements that no actions occur which cannot be audited. If this is the case, then auditd can be configured to halt the machine if it runs out of space. Note: Since older logs are rotated, configuring auditd this way does not prevent older logs from being rotated away before they can be viewed. If your system is configured to halt when logging cannot be performed, make sure this can never happen under normal circumstances! Ensure that /var/log/audit is on its own partition, and that this partition is larger than the maximum amount of data auditd will retain normally.

Rule   Configure auditd mail_acct Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to send email to a designated account in certain situations. Add or correct the following line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that administrators are notified via email for those situations:

action_mail_acct = root

Rationale:

Email sent to the root account is typically aliased to the administrators of the system, who can take appropriate action.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_action_mail_acct
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, CCI-000139, CCI-001855, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, IA-5(1), AU-5(a), AU-5(2), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7.a, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134, SRG-OS-000046-VMM-000210, SRG-OS-000343-VMM-001240

Rule   Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:

space_left_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • syslog
  • email
  • exec
  • suspend
  • single
  • halt
Set this to email (instead of the default, which is suspend) as it is more likely to get prompt attention. Acceptable values also include suspend, single, and halt.

Rationale:

Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_space_left_action
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, CCI-001855, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134, SRG-OS-000343-VMM-001240

Rule   Configure auditd max_log_file_action Upon Reaching Maximum Log Size   [ref]

The default action to take when the logs reach their maximum size is to rotate the log files, discarding the oldest one. To configure the action taken by auditd, add or correct the line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf:

max_log_file_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • syslog
  • suspend
  • rotate
  • keep_logs
Set the ACTION to rotate to ensure log rotation occurs. This is the default. The setting is case-insensitive.

Rationale:

Automatically rotating logs (by setting this to rotate) minimizes the chances of the system unexpectedly running out of disk space by being overwhelmed with log data. However, for systems that must never discard log data, or which use external processes to transfer it and reclaim space, keep_logs can be employed.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_max_log_file_action
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7

Rule   Configure auditd Max Log File Size   [ref]

Determine the amount of audit data (in megabytes) which should be retained in each log file. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting the correct value of 6 for STOREMB:

max_log_file = STOREMB
Set the value to 6 (MB) or higher for general-purpose systems. Larger values, of course, support retention of even more audit data.

Rationale:

The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum log file size and the number of logs retained.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_max_log_file
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, AU-11, CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7

Rule   Configure auditd admin_space_left Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:

admin_space_left_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include suspend and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.

Rationale:

Administrators should be made aware of an inability to record audit records. If a separate partition or logical volume of adequate size is used, running low on space for audit records should never occur.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_admin_space_left_action
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, CCI-000140, CCI-001343, CCI-001855, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1, AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.7, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134

Group   Configure auditd Rules for Comprehensive Auditing   Group contains 2 groups and 11 rules

[ref]   The auditd program can perform comprehensive monitoring of system activity. This section describes recommended configuration settings for comprehensive auditing, but a full description of the auditing system's capabilities is beyond the scope of this guide. The mailing list linux-audit@redhat.com exists to facilitate community discussion of the auditing system.

The audit subsystem supports extensive collection of events, including:

  • Tracing of arbitrary system calls (identified by name or number) on entry or exit.
  • Filtering by PID, UID, call success, system call argument (with some limitations), etc.
  • Monitoring of specific files for modifications to the file's contents or metadata.

Auditing rules at startup are controlled by the file /etc/audit/audit.rules. Add rules to it to meet the auditing requirements for your organization. Each line in /etc/audit/audit.rules represents a series of arguments that can be passed to auditctl and can be individually tested during runtime. See documentation in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION and in the related man pages for more details.

If copying any example audit rulesets from /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION, be sure to comment out the lines containing arch= which are not appropriate for your system's architecture. Then review and understand the following rules, ensuring rules are activated as needed for the appropriate architecture.

After reviewing all the rules, reading the following sections, and editing as needed, the new rules can be activated as follows:
$ sudo service auditd restart

Group   Records Events that Modify Date and Time Information   Group contains 5 rules

[ref]   Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time. All changes to the system time should be audited.

Rule   Record attempts to alter time through adjtimex   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_adjtimex
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Set architecture for audit tasks
  set_fact:
    audit_arch: b{{ ansible_architecture | regex_replace('.*(\d\d$)','\1') }}
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_adjtimex
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for adjtimex for x86 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - adjtimex

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key audit_time_rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the
        rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - adjtimex

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_adjtimex
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for adjtimex for x86_64 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - adjtimex

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key audit_time_rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the
        rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - adjtimex

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when:
    - audit_arch == "b64"
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_adjtimex
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter Time Through stime   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined system calls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_stime
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for stime syscall for x86 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - stime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key audit_time_rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the
        rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - stime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_stime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter the localtime File   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport and should always be used.

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Check if watch rule for /etc/localtime already exists in /etc/audit/rules.d/
  find:
    paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
    contains: ^\s*-w\s+/etc/localtime\s+-p\s+wa(\s|$)+
    patterns: '*.rules'
  register: find_existing_watch_rules_d
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with specified key audit_time_rules
  find:
    paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
    contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
    patterns: '*.rules'
  register: find_watch_key
  when:
    - find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched is defined and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched
      == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the rule
  set_fact:
    all_files:
      - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
  when:
    - find_watch_key.matched is defined and find_watch_key.matched == 0 and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched
      is defined and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
  set_fact:
    all_files:
      - '{{ find_watch_key.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first }}'
  when:
    - find_watch_key.matched is defined and find_watch_key.matched > 0 and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched
      is defined and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Add watch rule for /etc/localtime in /etc/audit/rules.d/
  lineinfile:
    path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
    line: -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
    create: true
  when:
    - find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched is defined and find_existing_watch_rules_d.matched
      == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Check if watch rule for /etc/localtime already exists in /etc/audit/audit.rules
  find:
    paths: /etc/audit/
    contains: ^\s*-w\s+/etc/localtime\s+-p\s+wa(\s|$)+
    patterns: audit.rules
  register: find_existing_watch_audit_rules
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Add watch rule for /etc/localtime in /etc/audit/audit.rules
  lineinfile:
    line: -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
    state: present
    dest: /etc/audit/audit.rules
    create: true
  when:
    - find_existing_watch_audit_rules.matched is defined and find_existing_watch_audit_rules.matched
      == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_watch_localtime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Record attempts to alter time through settimeofday   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_settimeofday
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Set architecture for audit tasks
  set_fact:
    audit_arch: b{{ ansible_architecture | regex_replace('.*(\d\d$)','\1') }}
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_settimeofday
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for settimeofday for x86 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - settimeofday

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key audit_time_rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the
        rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - settimeofday

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_settimeofday
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for settimeofday for x86_64 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - settimeofday

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key audit_time_rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)audit_time_rules$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules as the recipient for the
        rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/audit_time_rules.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - settimeofday

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -k audit_time_rules' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when:
    - audit_arch == "b64"
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_settimeofday
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter Time Through clock_settime   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_clock_settime
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.4.2.b



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Set architecture for audit tasks
  set_fact:
    audit_arch: b{{ ansible_architecture | regex_replace('.*(\d\d$)','\1') }}
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_clock_settime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for clock_settime for x86 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - clock_settime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(?:-F[\s]+a0=0x0[\s]+)(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key time-change
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)time-change$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/time-change.rules as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/time-change.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -F a0=0x0 -k time-change' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - clock_settime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b32[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(?:-F[\s]+a0=0x0[\s]+)(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b32 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b32"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b32_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -F a0=0x0 -k time-change' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b32_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_clock_settime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Perform remediation of Audit rules for clock_settime for x86_64 platform
  block:

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - clock_settime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(?:-F[\s]+a0=0x0[\s]+)(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/rules.d/
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for other rules with the key time-change
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
        contains: ^.*(?:-F key=|-k\s+)time-change$
        patterns: '*.rules'
      register: find_syscalls_files

    - name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/time-change.rules as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - /etc/audit/rules.d/time-change.rules
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        == 0

    - name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
      set_fact:
        all_files:
          - '{{ find_syscalls_files.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
            }}'
      when: find_syscalls_files.matched is defined and find_syscalls_files.matched
        > 0

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in {{ all_files[0] }}
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_rules_d.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -F a0=0x0 -k time-change' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in {{ all_files[0] }}
          lineinfile:
            path: '{{ all_files[0] }}'
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_rules_d < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls

    - name: Declare list of syscals
      set_fact:
        syscalls:
          - clock_settime

    - name: Declare number of syscalls
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls="{{ syscalls|length|int }}"

    - name: Check existence of syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      find:
        paths: /etc/audit
        contains: ^[\s]*-a[\s]+always,exit[\s]+(?:.*-F[\s]+arch=b64[\s]+)(?:.*(-S[\s]+{{
          item }}[\s]+|([\s]+|[,]){{ item }}([\s]+|[,]))).*(?:-F[\s]+a0=0x0[\s]+)(-k[\s]+|-F[\s]+key=)[\S]+[\s]*$
        patterns: audit.rules
      register: audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules
      loop: '{{ syscalls }}'

    - name: Get number of matched syscalls for architecture b64 in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      set_fact: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules="{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results|sum(attribute='matched')|int
        }}"

    - name: Insert the syscall rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules
      block:

        - name: 'Construct rule: add rule list, action and arch'
          set_fact: tmpline="-a always,exit -F arch=b64"

        - name: 'Construct rule: add syscalls'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -S ' + item.item }}"
          loop: '{{ audit_syscalls_found_b64_audit_rules.results }}'
          when: item.matched is defined and item.matched == 0

        - name: 'Construct rule: add fields and key'
          set_fact: tmpline="{{ tmpline + ' -F a0=0x0 -k time-change' }}"

        - name: Insert the line in /etc/audit/audit.rules
          lineinfile:
            path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
            line: '{{ tmpline }}'
            create: true
            state: present
      when: audit_syscalls_matched_b64_audit_rules < audit_syscalls_number_of_syscalls
  when:
    - audit_arch == "b64"
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4.2.b
    - audit_rules_time_clock_settime
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
Group   Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events   Group contains 2 rules

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions   [ref]

At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions

Rationale:

The actions taken by system administrators should be audited to keep a record of what was executed on the system, as well as, for accountability purposes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-2(7)(b), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.2, Req-10.2.5.b, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000462-VMM-001840, SRG-OS-000471-VMM-001910



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for audit rule entries for sysadmin actions
  find:
    paths: /etc/audit/rules.d
    recurse: false
    contains: ^.*/etc/sudoers.*$
    patterns: '*.rules'
  register: find_audit_sysadmin_actions
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Use /etc/audit/rules.d/actions.rules as the recipient for the rule
  set_fact:
    all_sysadmin_actions_files:
      - /etc/audit/rules.d/actions.rules
  when:
    - find_audit_sysadmin_actions.matched is defined and find_audit_sysadmin_actions.matched
      == 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Use matched file as the recipient for the rule
  set_fact:
    all_sysadmin_actions_files:
      - '{{ find_audit_sysadmin_actions.files | map(attribute=''path'') | list | first
        }}'
  when:
    - find_audit_sysadmin_actions.matched is defined and find_audit_sysadmin_actions.matched
      > 0
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Inserts/replaces audit rule for /etc/sudoers rule in rules.d
  lineinfile:
    path: '{{ all_sysadmin_actions_files[0] }}'
    line: -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Inserts/replaces audit rule for /etc/sudoers.d rule in rules.d
  lineinfile:
    path: '{{ all_sysadmin_actions_files[0] }}'
    line: -w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Inserts/replaces audit rule for /etc/sudoers in audit.rules
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
    line: -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Inserts/replaces audit rule for /etc/sudoers.d in audit.rules
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
    line: -w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
    create: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(7)(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.5.b
    - audit_rules_sysadmin_actions
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information   [ref]

The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:

-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session

Rationale:

Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.2.3

Rule   Record Events that Modify the System's Network Environment   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification

Rationale:

The network environment should not be modified by anything other than administrator action. Any change to network parameters should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.5.5

Rule   Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:

-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy

Rationale:

The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to MAC policy should be audited.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_mac_modification
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.1.8, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-10.5.5

Rule   Ensure the audit Subsystem is Installed   [ref]

The audit package should be installed.

Rationale:

The auditd service is an access monitoring and accounting daemon, watching system calls to audit any access, in comparison with potential local access control policy such as SELinux policy.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_audit_installed
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R50), AC-7(a), AU-7(1), AU-7(2), AU-14, AU-12(2), AU-2(a), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000122-GPOS-00063



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure audit is installed
  package:
    name: audit
    state: present
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-14
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-7(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-7(2)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_audit_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_audit

class install_audit {
  package { 'audit':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}

Rule   Enable auditd Service   [ref]

The auditd service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The auditd service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable auditd.service

Rationale:

Without establishing what type of events occurred, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events leading up to an outage or attack. Ensuring the auditd service is active ensures audit records generated by the kernel are appropriately recorded.

Additionally, a properly configured audit subsystem ensures that actions of individual system users can be uniquely traced to those users so they can be held accountable for their actions.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_auditd_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.3.6, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000131, CCI-000132, CCI-000133, CCI-000134, CCI-000135, CCI-001464, CCI-001487, CCI-001814, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AC-2(g), AU-3, AU-10, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AU-14(1), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.1, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000038-GPOS-00016, SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000040-GPOS-00018, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00021, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096, SRG-OS-000365-GPOS-00152, SRG-OS-000037-VMM-000150, SRG-OS-000063-VMM-000310, SRG-OS-000038-VMM-000160, SRG-OS-000039-VMM-000170, SRG-OS-000040-VMM-000180, SRG-OS-000041-VMM-000190



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service auditd
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service auditd
      service:
        name: auditd
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"audit" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(g)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-10
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-14(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.1
    - enable_strategy
    - high_severity
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_auditd_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_auditd

class enable_auditd {
  service {'auditd':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}

Rule   Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon   [ref]

To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit=1 to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system in /boot/grub2/grubenv, in the manner below:

# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) audit=1"

Warning:  The GRUB 2 configuration file, grub.cfg, is automatically updated each time a new kernel is installed. Note that any changes to /etc/default/grub require rebuilding the grub.cfg file. To update the GRUB 2 configuration file manually, use the
grub2-mkconfig -o
command as follows:
  • On BIOS-based machines, issue the following command as root:
    ~]# grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  • On UEFI-based machines, issue the following command as root:
    ~]# grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grub.cfg
Rationale:

Each process on the system carries an "auditable" flag which indicates whether its activities can be audited. Although auditd takes care of enabling this for all processes which launch after it does, adding the kernel argument ensures it is set for every process during boot.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_argument
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 5.4.1.1, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, 3.3.1, CCI-001464, CCI-000130, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, AC-17(1), AU-14(1), AU-10, CM-6(a), IR-5(1), DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4, Req-10.3, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000254-VMM-000880

Rule   Extend Audit Backlog Limit for the Audit Daemon   [ref]

To improve the kernel capacity to queue all log events, even those which occurred prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit_backlog_limit=8192 to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system in /etc/default/grub, in the manner below:

GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="crashkernel=auto rd.lvm.lv=VolGroup/LogVol06 rd.lvm.lv=VolGroup/lv_swap rhgb quiet rd.shell=0 audit=1 audit_backlog_limit=8192"

Warning:  The GRUB 2 configuration file, grub.cfg, is automatically updated each time a new kernel is installed. Note that any changes to /etc/default/grub require rebuilding the grub.cfg file. To update the GRUB 2 configuration file manually, use the
grub2-mkconfig -o
command as follows:
  • On BIOS-based machines, issue the following command as root:
    ~]# grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  • On UEFI-based machines, issue the following command as root:
    ~]# grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grub.cfg
Rationale:

audit_backlog_limit sets the queue length for audit events awaiting transfer to the audit daemon. Until the audit daemon is up and running, all log messages are stored in this queue. If the queue is overrun during boot process, the action defined by audit failure flag is taken.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_backlog_limit_argument
Identifiers and References

References:  CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095

Group   Installing and Maintaining Software   Group contains 7 groups and 14 rules

[ref]   The following sections contain information on security-relevant choices during the initial operating system installation process and the setup of software updates.

Group   Updating Software   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The zypper command line tool is used to install and update software packages. The system also provides a graphical software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu, called Software Update.

SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 systems contain an installed software catalog called the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using zypper or the graphical Software Update for all software installation allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.

Rule   Ensure Software Patches Installed   [ref]

If the system is configured for online updates, invoking the following command will list available security updates:

$ sudo zypper refresh && sudo zypper list-patches -g security


NOTE: U.S. Defense systems are required to be patched within 30 days or sooner as local policy dictates.

Rationale:

Installing software updates is a fundamental mitigation against the exploitation of publicly-known vulnerabilities. If the most recent security patches and updates are not installed, unauthorized users may take advantage of weaknesses in the unpatched software. The lack of prompt attention to patching could result in a system compromise.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_security_patches_up_to_date
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R08), 18, 20, 4, 5.10.4.1, APO12.01, APO12.02, APO12.03, APO12.04, BAI03.10, DSS05.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, 4.2.3, 4.2.3.12, 4.2.3.7, 4.2.3.9, A.12.6.1, A.14.2.3, A.16.1.3, A.18.2.2, A.18.2.3, SI-2(5), SI-2(c), CM-6(a), ID.RA-1, PR.IP-12, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000



Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Reboot:true
Strategy:patch
- name: Security patches are up to date
  package:
    name: '*'
    state: latest
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-2(5)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-2(c)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - high_disruption
    - high_severity
    - low_complexity
    - patch_strategy
    - reboot_required
    - security_patches_up_to_date
    - skip_ansible_lint

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main zypper Configuration   [ref]

The gpgcheck option controls whether RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation. To configure zypper to check package signatures before installing them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/zypp/zypper.conf in the [main] section:

gpgcheck=1

Rationale:

Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization.
Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA).

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R15), 11, 2, 3, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b), PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153, SRG-OS-000366-VMM-001430, SRG-OS-000370-VMM-001460, SRG-OS-000404-VMM-001650

Group   Sudo   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Sudo, which stands for "su 'do'", provides the ability to delegate authority to certain users, groups of users, or system administrators. When configured for system users and/or groups, Sudo can allow a user or group to execute privileged commands that normally only root is allowed to execute.

For more information on Sudo and addition Sudo configuration options, see https://www.sudo.ws.

Rule   Install sudo Package   [ref]

The sudo package can be installed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper install sudo

Rationale:

sudo is a program designed to allow a system administrator to give limited root privileges to users and log root activity. The basic philosophy is to give as few privileges as possible but still allow system users to get their work done.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_sudo_installed
Identifiers and References

References:  CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure sudo is installed
  package:
    name: sudo
    state: present
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_sudo_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_sudo

class install_sudo {
  package { 'sudo':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}
Group   System and Software Integrity   Group contains 3 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux, installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates.

Group   Software Integrity Checking   Group contains 2 groups and 4 rules

[ref]   Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment) software and the RPM package management system provide mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software. AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these to current system files in order to detect changes.

The RPM package management system can conduct integrity checks by comparing information in its metadata database with files installed on the system.

Group   Verify Integrity with AIDE   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   AIDE conducts integrity checks by comparing information about files with previously-gathered information. Ideally, the AIDE database is created immediately after initial system configuration, and then again after any software update. AIDE is highly configurable, with further configuration information located in /usr/share/doc/aide-VERSION.

Rule   Install AIDE   [ref]

The aide package can be installed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper install aide

Rationale:

The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_aide_installed
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R51), 1.4.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000363-GPOS-00150



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure aide is installed
  package:
    name: aide
    state: present
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_aide_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_aide

class install_aide {
  package { 'aide':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}

Rule   Configure Periodic Execution of AIDE   [ref]

At a minimum, AIDE should be configured to run a weekly scan. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab:

05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check
To implement a weekly execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab:
05 4 * * 0 root /usr/sbin/aide --check
AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example. The usage of cron's special time codes, such as @daily and @weekly is acceptable.

Rationale:

By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE is necessary to reveal unexpected changes in installed files.

Unauthorized changes to the baseline configuration could make the system vulnerable to various attacks or allow unauthorized access to the operating system. Changes to operating system configurations can have unintended side effects, some of which may be relevant to security.

Detecting such changes and providing an automated response can help avoid unintended, negative consequences that could ultimately affect the security state of the operating system. The operating system's Information Management Officer (IMO)/Information System Security Officer (ISSO) and System Administrators (SAs) must be notified via email and/or monitoring system trap when there is an unauthorized modification of a configuration item.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_periodic_cron_checking
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R51), 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.3, APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, CCI-001744, CCI-002699, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4, SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3, SI-7, SI-7(1), CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000363-GPOS-00150, SRG-OS-000446-GPOS-00200



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Ensure AIDE is installed
  package:
    name: '{{ item }}'
    state: present
  with_items:
    - aide
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - aide_periodic_cron_checking
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

- name: Configure Periodic Execution of AIDE
  cron:
    name: run AIDE check
    minute: 5
    hour: 4
    weekday: 0
    user: root
    job: /usr/sbin/aide --check
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - aide_periodic_cron_checking
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
Group   Verify Integrity with RPM   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The RPM package management system includes the ability to verify the integrity of installed packages by comparing the installed files with information about the files taken from the package metadata stored in the RPM database. Although an attacker could corrupt the RPM database (analogous to attacking the AIDE database as described above), this check can still reveal modification of important files. To list which files on the system differ from what is expected by the RPM database:

$ rpm -qVa
See the man page for rpm to see a complete explanation of each column.

Rule   Verify and Correct File Permissions with RPM   [ref]

The RPM package management system can check file access permissions of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. Verify that the file permissions of system files and commands match vendor values. Check the file permissions with the following command:

$ sudo rpm -Va | awk '{ if (substr($0,2,1)=="M") print $NF }'
Output indicates files that do not match vendor defaults. After locating a file with incorrect permissions, run the following command to determine which package owns it:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME

Next, run the following command to reset its permissions to the correct values:
$ sudo rpm --setperms PACKAGENAME

Warning:  Profiles may require that specific files have stricter file permissions than defined by the vendor. Such files will be reported as a finding and need to be evaluated according to your policy and deployment environment.
Rationale:

Permissions on system binaries and configuration files that are too generous could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The permissions set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rpm_verify_permissions
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 6, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, APO11.04, BAI03.05, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, MEA02.01, 3.3.8, 3.4.1, CCI-001493, CCI-001494, CCI-001495, CCI-001496, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(d), CM-6(c), SI-7, SI-7(1), SI-7(6), AU-9(3), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-1, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000256-GPOS-00097, SRG-OS-000257-GPOS-00098, SRG-OS-000258-GPOS-00099, SRG-OS-000278-GPOS-00108

Rule   Verify and Correct Ownership with RPM   [ref]

The RPM package management system can check file ownership permissions of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. After locating a file with incorrect permissions, which can be found with

rpm -Va | awk '{ if (substr($0,6,1)=="U" || substr($0,7,1)=="G") print $NF }'
run the following command to determine which package owns it:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
Next, run the following command to reset its permissions to the correct values:
$ sudo rpm --setugids PACKAGENAME

Warning:  Profiles may require that specific files be owned by root while the default owner defined by the vendor is different. Such files will be reported as a finding and need to be evaluated according to your policy and deployment environment.
Rationale:

Ownership of binaries and configuration files that is incorrect could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The ownership set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rpm_verify_ownership
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 6, 9, 5.10.4.1, APO01.06, APO11.04, BAI03.05, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, MEA02.01, 3.3.8, 3.4.1, CCI-001494, CCI-001496, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(d), CM-6(c), SI-7, SI-7(1), SI-7(6), AU-9(3), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-1, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000257-GPOS-00098, SRG-OS-000278-GPOS-00108

Group   Disk Partitioning   Group contains 6 rules

[ref]   To ensure separation and protection of data, there are top-level system directories which should be placed on their own physical partition or logical volume. The installer's default partitioning scheme creates separate logical volumes for /, /boot, and swap.

  • If starting with any of the default layouts, check the box to \"Review and modify partitioning.\" This allows for the easy creation of additional logical volumes inside the volume group already created, though it may require making /'s logical volume smaller to create space. In general, using logical volumes is preferable to using partitions because they can be more easily adjusted later.
  • If creating a custom layout, create the partitions mentioned in the previous paragraph (which the installer will require anyway), as well as separate ones described in the following sections.
If a system has already been installed, and the default partitioning scheme was used, it is possible but nontrivial to modify it to create separate logical volumes for the directories listed above. The Logical Volume Manager (LVM) makes this possible. See the LVM HOWTO at http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/ for more detailed information on LVM.

Rule   Ensure /home Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition for /home at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If /home will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the mountpoint can instead be configured later.

Rationale:

Ensuring that /home is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_home
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.14, 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, CCI-001208, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure /var Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that /var has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

Ensuring that /var is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options. This helps protect system services such as daemons or other programs which use it. It is not uncommon for the /var directory to contain world-writable directories installed by other software packages.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.7, 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000341-VMM-001220

Rule   Ensure /tmp Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

The /tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs. Placing /tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_tmp
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.2, 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS05.02, CCI-000366, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), SC-5(2), PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure /var/log/audit Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

Audit logs are stored in the /var/log/audit directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it later using LVM. Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon.

Rationale:

Placing /var/log/audit in its own partition enables better separation between audit files and other files, and helps ensure that auditing cannot be halted due to the partition running out of space.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log_audit
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.13, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, CCI-001849, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2), PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000341-VMM-001220

Rule   Ensure /var/tmp Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

The /var/tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs. Placing /var/tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_tmp
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.8

Rule   Ensure /var/log Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

System logs are stored in the /var/log directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

Placing /var/log in its own partition enables better separation between log files and other files in /var/.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), NT28(R47), 1, 12, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, 8, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2), PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Group   GRUB2 bootloader configuration   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   During the boot process, the boot loader is responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media. The default SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB2. Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions are set properly.

Rule   Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Permissions   [ref]

File permissions for /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be set to 600. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 600 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg

Rationale:

Proper permissions ensure that only the root user can modify important boot parameters.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_grub2_cfg
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.4.5, CCI-000225, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0600 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  stat:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0600 on /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  file:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
    mode: '0600'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Group Ownership   [ref]

The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be group-owned by the root group to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg

Rationale:

The root group is a highly-privileged group. Furthermore, the group-owner of this file should not have any access privileges anyway.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_grub2_cfg
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.4.5, CCI-000225, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-7.1



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  stat:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  file:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg User Ownership   [ref]

The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be owned by the root user to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg 

Rationale:

Only root should be able to modify important boot parameters.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_grub2_cfg
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.4.5, CCI-000225, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-7.1



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  stat:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  file:
    path: /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_grub2_cfg
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Set Boot Loader Password in grub2   [ref]

The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.

Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the pasword by running the following command:

$ grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.

Once the superuser password has been added, update the grub.cfg file by running:
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg

Warning:  To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above. Also, do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file.
Rationale:

Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures users with physical access cannot trivially alter important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use, and whether to enter single-user mode.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_password
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R17), 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048

Group   File Permissions and Masks   Group contains 7 groups and 54 rules

[ref]   Traditional Unix security relies heavily on file and directory permissions to prevent unauthorized users from reading or modifying files to which they should not have access.

Several of the commands in this section search filesystems for files or directories with certain characteristics, and are intended to be run on every local partition on a given system. When the variable PART appears in one of the commands below, it means that the command is intended to be run repeatedly, with the name of each local partition substituted for PART in turn.

The following command prints a list of all xfs partitions on the local system, which is the default filesystem for SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 installations:

$ mount -t xfs | awk '{print $3}'
For any systems that use a different local filesystem type, modify this command as appropriate.

Group   Restrict Programs from Dangerous Execution Patterns   Group contains 2 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   The recommendations in this section are designed to ensure that the system's features to protect against potentially dangerous program execution are activated. These protections are applied at the system initialization or kernel level, and defend against certain types of badly-configured or compromised programs.

Group   Disable Core Dumps   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   A core dump file is the memory image of an executable program when it was terminated by the operating system due to errant behavior. In most cases, only software developers legitimately need to access these files. The core dump files may also contain sensitive information, or unnecessarily occupy large amounts of disk space.

Once a hard limit is set in /etc/security/limits.conf, or to a file within the /etc/security/limits.d/ directory, a user cannot increase that limit within his or her own session. If access to core dumps is required, consider restricting them to only certain users or groups. See the limits.conf man page for more information.

The core dumps of setuid programs are further protected. The sysctl variable fs.suid_dumpable controls whether the kernel allows core dumps from these programs at all. The default value of 0 is recommended.

Rule   Disable core dump backtraces   [ref]

The ProcessSizeMax option in [Coredump] section of /etc/systemd/coredump.conf specifies the maximum size in bytes of a core which will be processed. Core dumps exceeding this size may be stored, but the backtrace will not be generated.

Warning:  If the /etc/systemd/coredump.conf file does not already contain the [Coredump] section, the value will not be configured correctly.
Rationale:

A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers or system operators trying to debug problems. Enabling core dumps on production systems is not recommended, however there may be overriding operational requirements to enable advanced debuging. Permitting temporary enablement of core dumps during such situations should be reviewed through local needs and policy.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_coredump_disable_backtraces
Identifiers and References

References:  FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*ProcessSizeMax\s*=\s*/Id" "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
else
    touch "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
fi
cp "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf" "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf.bak"
# Insert at the end of the file
printf '%s\n' "ProcessSizeMax=0" >> "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable core dump backtraces
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
        create: false
        regexp: ^\s*ProcessSizeMax\s*=\s*
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
        create: false
        line: ProcessSizeMax=0
        state: present
  tags:
    - coredump_disable_backtraces
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Disable Core Dumps for SUID programs   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the fs.suid_dumpable kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
fs.suid_dumpable = 0

Rationale:

The core dump of a setuid program is more likely to contain sensitive data, as the program itself runs with greater privileges than the user who initiated execution of the program. Disabling the ability for any setuid program to write a core file decreases the risk of unauthorized access of such data.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_suid_dumpable
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R23), 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SI-11(a), SI-11(b)



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl fs.suid_dumpable is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: fs.suid_dumpable
    value: '0'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-SI-11(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-11(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_fs_suid_dumpable

Rule   Disable Core Dumps for All Users   [ref]

To disable core dumps for all users, add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf, or to a file within the /etc/security/limits.d/ directory:

*     hard   core    0

Rationale:

A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_users_coredumps
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 13, 15, 16, 2, 7, 8, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.07, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.17.2.1, DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: disable core dumps with limits
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/security/limits.conf
    regexp: ^[^#].*core
    line: '*        hard       core      0'
    create: true
  tags:
    - disable_users_coredumps
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Disable storing core dump   [ref]

The Storage option in [Coredump] section of /etc/systemd/coredump.conf can be set to none to disable storing core dumps permanently.

Warning:  If the /etc/systemd/coredump.conf file does not already contain the [Coredump] section, the value will not be configured correctly.
Rationale:

A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers or system operators trying to debug problems. Enabling core dumps on production systems is not recommended, however there may be overriding operational requirements to enable advanced debuging. Permitting temporary enablement of core dumps during such situations should be reviewed through local needs and policy.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_coredump_disable_storage
Identifiers and References

References:  FMT_SMF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*Storage\s*=\s*/Id" "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
else
    touch "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
fi
cp "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf" "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf.bak"
# Insert at the end of the file
printf '%s\n' "Storage=none" >> "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf"
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/systemd/coredump.conf.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable storing core dump
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
        create: false
        regexp: ^\s*Storage\s*=\s*
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
        create: false
        line: Storage=none
        state: present
  tags:
    - coredump_disable_storage
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - unknown_severity
Group   Enable ExecShield   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   ExecShield describes kernel features that provide protection against exploitation of memory corruption errors such as buffer overflows. These features include random placement of the stack and other memory regions, prevention of execution in memory that should only hold data, and special handling of text buffers. These protections are enabled by default on 32-bit systems and controlled through sysctl variables kernel.exec-shield and kernel.randomize_va_space. On the latest 64-bit systems, kernel.exec-shield cannot be enabled or disabled with sysctl.

Rule   Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2

Rationale:

Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an attacker to predict the location of attack code they have introduced into a process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally, ASLR makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of existing code in order to re-purpose it using return oriented programming (ROP) techniques.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R23), 3.1.7, CCI-000366, CCI-002824, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SC-30, SC-30(2), CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00193, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl kernel.randomize_va_space is set to 2
  sysctl:
    name: kernel.randomize_va_space
    value: '2'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-30
    - NIST-800-53-SC-30(2)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space
Group   Restrict Partition Mount Options   Group contains 13 rules

[ref]   System partitions can be mounted with certain options that limit what files on those partitions can do. These options are set in the /etc/fstab configuration file, and can be used to make certain types of malicious behavior more difficult.

Rule   Add nodev Option to /home   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /home. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /home.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_home_nodev
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.15, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /home || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /home in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/home" "nodev" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/home"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/home'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_home_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_home_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure nodev option is part of the to /home options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nodev''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nodev" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_home_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /home is mounted with nodev option
  mount:
    path: /home
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_home_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nodev Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. An exception to this is chroot jails, and it is not advised to set nodev on partitions which contain their root filesystems.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.19, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3




var_removable_partition="(N/A)"

device_regex="^\s*$var_removable_partition\s\+"
mount_option="nodev"

if grep -q $device_regex /etc/fstab ; then
    previous_opts=$(grep $device_regex /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
    sed -i "s|\($device_regex.*$previous_opts\)|\1,$mount_option|" /etc/fstab
else
    echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2
    return 1
fi


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure permission nodev are set on var_removable_partition
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/fstab
    regexp: ^\s*({{ var_removable_partition }})\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)(.*)$
    backrefs: true
    line: \1 \2 \3 \4,nodev \5
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - low_severity
    - mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Add nosuid Option to /tmp   [ref]

The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /tmp. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_nosuid
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.5, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "nosuid" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure nosuid option is part of the to /tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nosuid''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nosuid" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /tmp is mounted with nosuid option
  mount:
    path: /tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nosuid Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /dev/shm. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.18, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-001764, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "nosuid" "tmpfs" "tmpfs"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt  '/dev/shm'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Make sure nosuid option is part of the to /dev/shm options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nosuid''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nosuid" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure /dev/shm is mounted with nosuid option
  mount:
    path: /dev/shm
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Add noexec Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /dev/shm. It can be dangerous to allow the execution of binaries from world-writable temporary storage directories such as /dev/shm. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as /dev/shm can expose the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.17, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-001764, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "noexec" "tmpfs" "tmpfs"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt  '/dev/shm'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Make sure noexec option is part of the to /dev/shm options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',noexec''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "noexec" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure /dev/shm is mounted with noexec option
  mount:
    path: /dev/shm
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Add noexec Option to /var/tmp   [ref]

The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /var/tmp. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as /var/tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and can expose the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_noexec
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.11, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /var/tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /var/tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/var/tmp" "noexec" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/var/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/var/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure noexec option is part of the to /var/tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',noexec''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "noexec" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /var/tmp is mounted with noexec option
  mount:
    path: /var/tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nosuid Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The nosuid mount option prevents set-user-identifier (SUID) and set-group-identifier (SGID) permissions from taking effect. These permissions allow users to execute binaries with the same permissions as the owner and group of the file respectively. Users should not be allowed to introduce SUID and SGID files into the system via partitions mounted from removeable media. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Allowing users to introduce SUID or SGID binaries from partitions mounted off of removable media would allow them to introduce their own highly-privileged programs.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.21, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227




var_removable_partition="(N/A)"

device_regex="^\s*$var_removable_partition\s\+"
mount_option="nosuid"

if grep -q $device_regex /etc/fstab ; then
    previous_opts=$(grep $device_regex /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
    sed -i "s|\($device_regex.*$previous_opts\)|\1,$mount_option|" /etc/fstab
else
    echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2
    return 1
fi


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure permission nosuid are set on var_removable_partition
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/fstab
    regexp: ^\s*({{ var_removable_partition }})\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)(.*)$
    backrefs: true
    line: \1 \2 \3 \4,nosuid \5
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Add nodev Option to /tmp   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /tmp. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /tmp. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_nodev
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.4, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "nodev" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure nodev option is part of the to /tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nodev''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nodev" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /tmp is mounted with nodev option
  mount:
    path: /tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nosuid Option to /var/tmp   [ref]

The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /var/tmp. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.10, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /var/tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /var/tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/var/tmp" "nosuid" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/var/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/var/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure nosuid option is part of the to /var/tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nosuid''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nosuid" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /var/tmp is mounted with nosuid option
  mount:
    path: /var/tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nodev Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent creation of device files in /dev/shm. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /dev/shm. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.16, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, CCI-001764, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "nodev" "tmpfs" "tmpfs"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt  '/dev/shm'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Make sure nodev option is part of the to /dev/shm options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nodev''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nodev" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure /dev/shm is mounted with nodev option
  mount:
    path: /dev/shm
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - medium_severity
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Add noexec Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The noexec mount option prevents the direct execution of binaries on the mounted filesystem. Preventing the direct execution of binaries from removable media (such as a USB key) provides a defense against malicious software that may be present on such untrusted media. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from removable media such as USB keys exposes the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.20, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, CCI-000087, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3




var_removable_partition="(N/A)"

device_regex="^\s*$var_removable_partition\s\+"
mount_option="noexec"

if grep -q $device_regex /etc/fstab ; then
    previous_opts=$(grep $device_regex /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
    sed -i "s|\($device_regex.*$previous_opts\)|\1,$mount_option|" /etc/fstab
else
    echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2
    return 1
fi


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure permission noexec are set on var_removable_partition
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/fstab
    regexp: ^\s*({{ var_removable_partition }})\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)\s+([^\s]*)(.*)$
    backrefs: true
    line: \1 \2 \3 \4,noexec \5
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add noexec Option to /tmp   [ref]

The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /tmp. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as /tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and can expose the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_noexec
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.6, 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "noexec" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure noexec option is part of the to /tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',noexec''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "noexec" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /tmp is mounted with noexec option
  mount:
    path: /tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Add nodev Option to /var/tmp   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /var/tmp. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /var/tmp. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_nodev
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R12), 1.1.9, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154



function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: filesystem of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of new mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _filesystem=$3 _type=$4 _vfstype_points=()
        readarray -t _vfstype_points < <(grep -E "[[:space:]]${_vfstype}[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}')

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt" "$_filesystem" "$_type"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
# $3: device or virtual string (used when adding new entry in fstab)
# $4: mount type of mount point (used when adding new entry in fstab)
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _device=$3 _type=$4
	local _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ "$(grep -c "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab)" -eq 0 ]; then
		# runtime opts without some automatic kernel/userspace-added defaults
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/mtab | head -1 |  awk '{print $4}' \
					| sed -E "s/(rw|defaults|seclabel|${_new_opt})(,|$)//g;s/,$//")
		[ "$_previous_mount_opts" ] && _previous_mount_opts+=","
		echo "${_device} ${_mount_point} ${_type} defaults,${_previous_mount_opts}${_new_opt} 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
	elif [ "$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt")" -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,"
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}
include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /var/tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /var/tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/var/tmp" "nodev" "" ""

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/var/tmp"
}

perform_remediation


Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: Check information associated to mountpoint
  command: findmnt --fstab '/var/tmp'
  register: device_name
  failed_when: device_name.rc > 1
  changed_when: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Create mount_info dictionary variable
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info|default({})|combine({item.0: item.1}) }}'
  with_together:
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[0].split() | list | lower }}'
    - '{{ device_name.stdout_lines[1].split() | list }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined and device_name.stdout_lines is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Make sure nodev option is part of the to /var/tmp options
  set_fact:
    mount_info: '{{ mount_info | combine( {''options'':''''~mount_info.options~'',nodev''
      }) }}'
  when:
    - mount_info is defined and "nodev" not in mount_info.options
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity

- name: Ensure /var/tmp is mounted with nodev option
  mount:
    path: /var/tmp
    src: '{{ mount_info.source }}'
    opts: '{{ mount_info.options }}'
    state: mounted
    fstype: '{{ mount_info.fstype }}'
  when:
    - device_name.stdout is defined
    - (device_name.stdout | length > 0)
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - high_disruption
    - low_complexity
    - mount_option_var_tmp_nodev
    - no_reboot_needed
    - unknown_severity
Group   Restrict Dynamic Mounting and Unmounting of Filesystems   Group contains 6 rules

[ref]   Linux includes a number of facilities for the automated addition and removal of filesystems on a running system. These facilities may be necessary in many environments, but this capability also carries some risk -- whether direct risk from allowing users to introduce arbitrary filesystems, or risk that software flaws in the automated mount facility itself could allow an attacker to compromise the system.

This command can be used to list the types of filesystems that are available to the currently executing kernel:

$ find /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/fs -type f -name '*.ko'
If these filesystems are not required then they can be explicitly disabled in a configuratio file in /etc/modprobe.d.

Rule   Disable the Automounter   [ref]

The autofs daemon mounts and unmounts filesystems, such as user home directories shared via NFS, on demand. In addition, autofs can be used to handle removable media, and the default configuration provides the cdrom device as /misc/cd. However, this method of providing access to removable media is not common, so autofs can almost always be disabled if NFS is not in use. Even if NFS is required, it may be possible to configure filesystem mounts statically by editing /etc/fstab rather than relying on the automounter.

The autofs service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable autofs.service
The autofs service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask autofs.service

Rationale:

Disabling the automounter permits the administrator to statically control filesystem mounting through /etc/fstab.

Additionally, automatically mounting filesystems permits easy introduction of unknown devices, thereby facilitating malicious activity.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_autofs_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.23, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.4.6, CCI-000366, CCI-000778, CCI-001958, 164.308(a)(3)(i), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2), 164.312(a)(1), 164.312(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(b), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.18.1.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000114-GPOS-00059, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-00163, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'autofs.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'autofs.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'autofs.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^autofs.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'autofs.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'autofs.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'autofs.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'autofs.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service autofs
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service autofs
      systemd:
        name: autofs.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"autofs.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_autofs_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - autofs.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files autofs.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_autofs_disabled

- name: Disable socket autofs
  systemd:
    name: autofs.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"autofs.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-MP-7
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_autofs_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_autofs

class disable_autofs {
  service {'autofs':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}

Rule   Disable Modprobe Loading of USB Storage Driver   [ref]

To prevent USB storage devices from being used, configure the kernel module loading system to prevent automatic loading of the USB storage driver. To configure the system to prevent the usb-storage kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install usb-storage /bin/true
This will prevent the modprobe program from loading the usb-storage module, but will not prevent an administrator (or another program) from using the insmod program to load the module manually.

Rationale:

USB storage devices such as thumb drives can be used to introduce malicious software.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_usb-storage_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.3, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.21, CCI-000366, CCI-000778, CCI-001958, 164.308(a)(3)(i), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2), 164.312(a)(1), 164.312(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(b), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.18.1.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, SRG-OS-000114-GPOS-00059, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-0016, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-00163, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Disable Mounting of cramfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the cramfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install cramfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The cramfs filesystem type is a compressed read-only Linux filesystem embedded in small footprint systems. A cramfs image can be used without having to first decompress the image.

Rationale:

Removing support for unneeded filesystem types reduces the local attack surface of the server.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_cramfs_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.1, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049

Rule   Disable Mounting of squashfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the squashfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install squashfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The squashfs filesystem type is a compressed read-only Linux filesystem embedded in small footprint systems (similar to cramfs). A squashfs image can be used without having to first decompress the image.

Rationale:

Removing support for unneeded filesystem types reduces the local attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_squashfs_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.6, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Rule   Disable Mounting of vFAT filesystems   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the vfat kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install vfat /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The vFAT filesystem format is primarily used on older windows systems and portable USB drives or flash modules. It comes in three types FAT12, FAT16, and FAT32 all of which are supported by the vfat kernel module.

Rationale:

Removing support for unneeded filesystems reduces the local attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_vfat_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.8, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Rule   Disable Mounting of udf   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the udf kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install udf /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The udf filesystem type is the universal disk format used to implement the ISO/IEC 13346 and ECMA-167 specifications. This is an open vendor filesystem type for data storage on a broad range of media. This filesystem type is neccessary to support writing DVDs and newer optical disc formats.

Rationale:

Removing support for unneeded filesystem types reduces the local attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_udf_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.7, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Group   Verify Permissions on Important Files and Directories   Group contains 1 group and 30 rules

[ref]   Permissions for many files on a system must be set restrictively to ensure sensitive information is properly protected. This section discusses important permission restrictions which can be verified to ensure that no harmful discrepancies have arisen.

Group   Verify Permissions on Files with Local Account Information and Credentials   Group contains 24 rules

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns group File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/group, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/group

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_group
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/group


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group
  stat:
    path: /etc/group
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/gshadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns group File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/group, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/group 

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_group
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/group


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group
  stat:
    path: /etc/group
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/passwd


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns Backup gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow- 

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow, and as such, it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/gshadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/gshadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on Backup passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd-, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd-

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd, and as such, it contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.7



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/passwd-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd-
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/passwd-
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd-
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/shadow 

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/shadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/shadow

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R36), 6.1.5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/shadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    mode: '0000'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns Backup group File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/group-, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/group-

Rationale:

The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group, and as such, it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_group
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/group-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group-
  stat:
    path: /etc/group-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/group-
  file:
    path: /etc/group-
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R36), 6.1.2, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    mode: '0000'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns Backup shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/shadow-

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow, and as such, it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/shadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/shadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow-
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on Backup group File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/group-, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/group-

Rationale:

The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group, and as such, it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_group
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.9



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/group-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group-
  stat:
    path: /etc/group-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/group-
  file:
    path: /etc/group-
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on Backup gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow, and as such, it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/gshadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
    mode: '0000'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow 

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R36), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/gshadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns Backup gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow-

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow, and as such, it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_gshadow
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/gshadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/gshadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow-
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_gshadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns Backup shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/shadow- 

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow, and as such, it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/shadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/shadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow-
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on Backup shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow-, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/shadow-

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow, and as such, it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.8



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/shadow-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow-
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/shadow-
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow-
    mode: '0000'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_backup_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/shadow

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_shadow
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/shadow


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_etc_shadow
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns Backup group File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/group-, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/group- 

Rationale:

The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group, and as such, it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_group
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/group-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group-
  stat:
    path: /etc/group-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/group-
  file:
    path: /etc/group-
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/passwd 

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/passwd


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify User Who Owns Backup passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd-, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/passwd- 

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd, and as such, it contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/passwd-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd-
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/passwd-
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd-
    owner: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on group File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_group
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/group


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group
  stat:
    path: /etc/group
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_group
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd

Rationale:

If the /etc/passwd file is writable by a group-owner or the world the risk of its compromise is increased. The file contains the list of accounts on the system and associated information, and protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.4, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 5.5.2.2, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-8.7.c



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/passwd


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    mode: '0644'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns Backup passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd-, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd-

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd, and as such, it contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_passwd
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/passwd-


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd-
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd-
  register: file_exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/passwd-
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd-
    group: '0'
  when: file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_backup_etc_passwd
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Ensure All Files Are Owned by a Group   [ref]

If any files are not owned by a group, then the cause of their lack of group-ownership should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate group.

Warning:  This rule only considers local groups. If you have your groups defined outside /etc/group, the rule won't consider those.
Rationale:

Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_ungroupowned
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.12, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10, CCI-000366, CCI-002165, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure All SGID Executables Are Authorized   [ref]

The SGID (set group id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SGID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SGID files. This configuration check considers authorized SGID files which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SGID file not deployed through an RPM will be flagged for further review.

Rationale:

Executable files with the SGID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file. SGID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges. The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_sgid
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R37), NT28(R38), 6.1.14, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5

Rule   Ensure No World-Writable Files Exist   [ref]

It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write access to a file when it is discovered. However, check with documentation for specific applications before making changes. Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be symptoms of a misconfigured application or user account. Finally, this applies to real files and not virtual files that are a part of pseudo file systems such as sysfs or procfs.

Rationale:

Data in world-writable files can be modified by any user on the system. In almost all circumstances, files can be configured using a combination of user and group permissions to support whatever legitimate access is needed without the risk caused by world-writable files.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_world_writable
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5

Rule   Ensure All SUID Executables Are Authorized   [ref]

The SUID (set user id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SUID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SUID files. This configuration check considers authorized SUID files which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SUID file not deployed through an RPM will be flagged for further review.

Rationale:

Executable files with the SUID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file. SUID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges. The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_suid
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R37), NT28(R38), 6.1.13, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5

Rule   Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set   [ref]

When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's documentation instead of blindly changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the following command:

$ sudo chmod +t DIR

Rationale:

Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files in the directory structure.

The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system, or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system, by users for temporary file storage (such as /tmp), and for directories requiring global read/write access.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_perms_world_writable_sticky_bits
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.22, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5

Rule   Ensure All Files Are Owned by a User   [ref]

If any files are not owned by a user, then the cause of their lack of ownership should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate user.

Warning:  For this rule to evaluate centralized user accounts, getent must be working properly so that running the command
getent passwd
returns a list of all users in your organization. If using the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD),
enumerate = true
must be configured in your organization's domain to return a complete list of users
Warning:  Enabling this rule will result in slower scan times depending on the size of your organization and number of centralized users.
Rationale:

Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_files_unowned_by_user
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.11, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, CCI-002165, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Group   Network Configuration and Firewalls   Group contains 15 groups and 29 rules

[ref]   Most systems must be connected to a network of some sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions about networking which must be made when configuring a system.

This section also discusses firewalls, network access controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses, hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the system's network services are available to particular hosts or networks.

Group   Wireless Networking   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Wireless networking, such as 802.11 (WiFi) and Bluetooth, can present a security risk to sensitive or classified systems and networks. Wireless networking hardware is much more likely to be included in laptop or portable systems than in desktops or servers.

Removal of hardware provides the greatest assurance that the wireless capability remains disabled. Acquisition policies often include provisions to prevent the purchase of equipment that will be used in sensitive spaces and includes wireless capabilities. If it is impractical to remove the wireless hardware, and policy permits the device to enter sensitive spaces as long as wireless is disabled, efforts should instead focus on disabling wireless capability via software.

Group   Disable Wireless Through Software Configuration   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If it is impossible to remove the wireless hardware from the device in question, disable as much of it as possible through software. The following methods can disable software support for wireless networking, but note that these methods do not prevent malicious software or careless users from re-activating the devices.

Rule   Deactivate Wireless Network Interfaces   [ref]

Deactivating wireless network interfaces should prevent normal usage of the wireless capability.

Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces with the following command:

$ sudo nmcli radio wifi off

Rationale:

The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into the organization's network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point (AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of service to valid network resources.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_wireless_disable_interfaces
Identifiers and References

References:  3.1.2, 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.16, CCI-000085, CCI-002418, CCI-002421, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, AC-18(a), AC-18(3), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7, PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188

Group   firewalld   Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   The dynamic firewall daemon firewalld provides a dynamically managed firewall with support for network “zones” to assign a level of trust to a network and its associated connections and interfaces. It has support for IPv4 and IPv6 firewall settings. It supports Ethernet bridges and has a separation of runtime and permanent configuration options. It also has an interface for services or applications to add firewall rules directly.
A graphical configuration tool, firewall-config, is used to configure firewalld, which in turn uses iptables tool to communicate with Netfilter in the kernel which implements packet filtering.
The firewall service provided by firewalld is dynamic rather than static because changes to the configuration can be made at anytime and are immediately implemented. There is no need to save or apply the changes. No unintended disruption of existing network connections occurs as no part of the firewall has to be reloaded.

Group   Inspect and Activate Default firewalld Rules   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Firewalls can be used to separate networks into different zones based on the level of trust the user has decided to place on the devices and traffic within that network. NetworkManager informs firewalld to which zone an interface belongs. An interface's assigned zone can be changed by NetworkManager or via the firewall-config tool.
The zone settings in /etc/firewalld/ are a range of preset settings which can be quickly applied to a network interface. These are the zones provided by firewalld sorted according to the default trust level of the zones from untrusted to trusted:

  • drop

    Any incoming network packets are dropped, there is no reply. Only outgoing network connections are possible.

  • block

    Any incoming network connections are rejected with an icmp-host-prohibited message for IPv4 and icmp6-adm-prohibited for IPv6. Only network connections initiated from within the system are possible.

  • public

    For use in public areas. You do not trust the other computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • external

    For use on external networks with masquerading enabled especially for routers. You do not trust the other computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • dmz

    For computers in your demilitarized zone that are publicly-accessible with limited access to your internal network. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • work

    For use in work areas. You mostly trust the other computers on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • home

    For use in home areas. You mostly trust the other computers on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • internal

    For use on internal networks. You mostly trust the other computers on the networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted.

  • trusted

    All network connections are accepted.


It is possible to designate one of these zones to be the default zone. When interface connections are added to NetworkManager, they are assigned to the default zone. On installation, the default zone in firewalld is set to be the public zone.
To find out all the settings of a zone, for example the public zone, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
Example output of this command might look like the following:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
public
  interfaces:
  services: mdns dhcpv6-client ssh
  ports:
  forward-ports:
  icmp-blocks: source-quench
To view the network zones currently active, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
The following listing displays the result of this command on common SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 system:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
amanda-client bacula bacula-client dhcp dhcpv6 dhcpv6-client dns ftp
high-availability http https imaps ipp ipp-client ipsec kerberos kpasswd
ldap ldaps libvirt libvirt-tls mdns mountd ms-wbt mysql nfs ntp openvpn
pmcd pmproxy pmwebapi pmwebapis pop3s postgresql proxy-dhcp radius rpc-bind
samba samba-client smtp ssh telnet tftp tftp-client transmission-client
vnc-server wbem-https
Finally to view the network zones that will be active after the next firewalld service reload, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service --permanent

Rule   Verify firewalld Enabled   [ref]

The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service

Rationale:

Access control methods provide the ability to enhance system security posture by restricting services and known good IP addresses and address ranges. This prevents connections from unknown hosts and protocols.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_firewalld_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  3.5.1.4, 11, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.3, 3.4.7, CCI-000366, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00231, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service firewalld
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service firewalld
      service:
        name: firewalld
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"firewalld" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.3
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CA-3(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(21)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_firewalld_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_firewalld

class enable_firewalld {
  service {'firewalld':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}
Group   Strengthen the Default Ruleset   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The default rules can be strengthened. The system scripts that activate the firewall rules expect them to be defined in configuration files under the /etc/firewalld/services and /etc/firewalld/zones directories.

The following recommendations describe how to strengthen the default ruleset configuration file. An alternative to editing this configuration file is to create a shell script that makes calls to the firewall-cmd program to load in rules under the /etc/firewalld/services and /etc/firewalld/zones directories.

Instructions apply to both unless otherwise noted. Language and address conventions for regular firewalld rules are used throughout this section.

Warning:  The program firewall-config allows additional services to penetrate the default firewall rules and automatically adjusts the firewalld ruleset(s).

Rule   Set Default firewalld Zone for Incoming Packets   [ref]

To set the default zone to drop for the built-in default zone which processes incoming IPv4 and IPv6 packets, modify the following line in /etc/firewalld/firewalld.conf to be:

DefaultZone=drop

Warning:  To prevent denying any access to the system, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Rationale:

In firewalld the default zone is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default zone to drop implements proper design for a firewall, i.e. any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_firewalld_default_zone
Identifiers and References

References:  3.5.1.5, 11, 14, 3, 9, 5.10.1, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.3, 3.4.7, 3.13.6, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CA-3(5), CM-7(b), SC-7(23), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000

Group   Uncommon Network Protocols   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The system includes support for several network protocols which are not commonly used. Although security vulnerabilities in kernel networking code are not frequently discovered, the consequences can be dramatic. Ensuring uncommon network protocols are disabled reduces the system's risk to attacks targeted at its implementation of those protocols.

Warning:  Although these protocols are not commonly used, avoid disruption in your network environment by ensuring they are not needed prior to disabling them.

Rule   Disable SCTP Support   [ref]

The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages within one connection. To configure the system to prevent the sctp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install sctp /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling SCTP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_sctp_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, 5.10.1, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049

Rule   Disable DCCP Support   [ref]

The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is a relatively new transport layer protocol, designed to support streaming media and telephony. To configure the system to prevent the dccp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d:

install dccp /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling DCCP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_dccp_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, 5.10.1, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.6, CCI-001958, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-000163

Group   Kernel Parameters Which Affect Networking   Group contains 2 groups and 16 rules

[ref]   The sysctl utility is used to set parameters which affect the operation of the Linux kernel. Kernel parameters which affect networking and have security implications are described here.

Group   Network Related Kernel Runtime Parameters for Hosts and Routers   Group contains 13 rules

[ref]   Certain kernel parameters should be set for systems which are acting as either hosts or routers to improve the system's ability defend against certain types of IPv4 protocol attacks.

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore ICMP Broadcast Echo Requests on IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1

Rationale:

Responding to broadcast (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.
Ignoring ICMP echo requests (pings) sent to broadcast or multicast addresses makes the system slightly more difficult to enumerate on the network.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
Identifiers and References

References:  3.3.5, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0

Rationale:

Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a router.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0

Rationale:

Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.3, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0

Rationale:

Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.

Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0

Rationale:

Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.2, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.3, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies on IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1

Rationale:

A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state. Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received, verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.8, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(1), SC-5(2), SC-5(3)(a), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000420-GPOS-00186, SRG-OS-000142-GPOS-00071



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(1)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(2)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(3)(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses on IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1

Rationale:

Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces log size, although some activity would not be logged.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.6, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required."

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.2, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1

Rationale:

Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.7, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1

Rationale:

Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.7, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter

Rule   Enable Kernel Parameter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1

Rationale:

The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses) as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity to be detected.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.3.4, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000126, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a), DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(3)(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Enable Kernel Paremeter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians = 1

Rationale:

The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses) as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity to be detected.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians
Identifiers and References

References:  3.3.4, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000126, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a), DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians_value: !!str 1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(3)(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians
    - unknown_severity
Group   Network Parameters for Hosts Only   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   If the system is not going to be used as a router, then setting certain kernel parameters ensure that the host will not perform routing of network traffic.

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.2.2, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects
    value: '0'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding on IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0

Warning:  Certain technologies such as virtual machines, containers, etc. rely on IPv4 forwarding to enable and use networking. Disabling IPv4 forwarding would cause those technologies to stop working. Therefore, this rule should not be used in profiles or benchmarks that target usage of IPv4 forwarding.
Rationale:

Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange network topology information with other routers. If this capability is used when not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across the network.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.2.1, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.ip_forward is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.ip_forward
    value: '0'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R22), 3.2.2, 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5.10.1.1, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5CM-6(a), SC-7(a), DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects
    value: '0'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(a)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects
Group   iptables and ip6tables   Group contains 2 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   A host-based firewall called netfilter is included as part of the Linux kernel distributed with the system. It is activated by default. This firewall is controlled by the program iptables, and the entire capability is frequently referred to by this name. An analogous program called ip6tables handles filtering for IPv6.

Unlike TCP Wrappers, which depends on the network server program to support and respect the rules written, netfilter filtering occurs at the kernel level, before a program can even process the data from the network packet. As such, any program on the system is affected by the rules written.

This section provides basic information about strengthening the iptables and ip6tables configurations included with the system. For more complete information that may allow the construction of a sophisticated ruleset tailored to your environment, please consult the references at the end of this section.

Group   Strengthen the Default Ruleset   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The default rules can be strengthened. The system scripts that activate the firewall rules expect them to be defined in the configuration files iptables and ip6tables in the directory /etc/sysconfig. Many of the lines in these files are similar to the command line arguments that would be provided to the programs /sbin/iptables or /sbin/ip6tables - but some are quite different.

The following recommendations describe how to strengthen the default ruleset configuration file. An alternative to editing this configuration file is to create a shell script that makes calls to the iptables program to load in rules, and then invokes service iptables save to write those loaded rules to /etc/sysconfig/iptables.

The following alterations can be made directly to /etc/sysconfig/iptables and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables. Instructions apply to both unless otherwise noted. Language and address conventions for regular iptables are used throughout this section; configuration for ip6tables will be either analogous or explicitly covered.

Warning:  The program system-config-securitylevel allows additional services to penetrate the default firewall rules and automatically adjusts /etc/sysconfig/iptables. This program is only useful if the default ruleset meets your security requirements. Otherwise, this program should not be used to make changes to the firewall configuration because it re-writes the saved configuration file.

Rule   Set Default iptables Policy for Incoming Packets   [ref]

To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in /etc/sysconfig/iptables:

:INPUT DROP [0:0]

Rationale:

In iptables the default policy is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default policy to DROP implements proper design for a firewall, i.e. any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_iptables_default_rule
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CA-3(5), CM-7(b), SC-7(23), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Group   Inspect and Activate Default Rules   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   View the currently-enforced iptables rules by running the command:

$ sudo iptables -nL --line-numbers
The command is analogous for ip6tables.

If the firewall does not appear to be active (i.e., no rules appear), activate it and ensure that it starts at boot by issuing the following commands (and analogously for ip6tables):
$ sudo service iptables restart
The default iptables rules are:
Chain INPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
1    ACCEPT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    state RELATED,ESTABLISHED 
2    ACCEPT     icmp --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0
3    ACCEPT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0
4    ACCEPT     tcp  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    state NEW tcp dpt:22 
5    REJECT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    reject-with icmp-host-prohibited 

Chain FORWARD (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
1    REJECT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    reject-with icmp-host-prohibited 

Chain OUTPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
The ip6tables default rules are essentially the same.

Rule   Verify iptables Enabled   [ref]

The iptables service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable iptables.service

Rationale:

The iptables service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv4 and ICMP.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_iptables_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service iptables
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service iptables
      service:
        name: iptables
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"iptables" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CA-3(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(21)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_iptables_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_iptables

class enable_iptables {
  service {'iptables':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}

Rule   Verify ip6tables Enabled if Using IPv6   [ref]

The ip6tables service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable ip6tables.service

Rationale:

The ip6tables service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_ip6tables_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a), DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service ip6tables
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service ip6tables
      service:
        name: ip6tables
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"iptables-ipv6" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CA-3(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7(21)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_ip6tables_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_ip6tables

class enable_ip6tables {
  service {'ip6tables':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}

Rule   Set Default ip6tables Policy for Incoming Packets   [ref]

To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables:

:INPUT DROP [0:0]
If changes were required, reload the ip6tables rules:
$ sudo service ip6tables reload

Rationale:

In ip6tables, the default policy is applied only after all the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the default policy to DROP implements proper design for a firewall, i.e. any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be accepted.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_ip6tables_default_rule
Identifiers and References

References:  11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Rule   Install iptables Package   [ref]

The iptables package can be installed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper install iptables

Rationale:

iptables controls the Linux kernel network packet filtering code. iptables allows system operators to set up firewalls and IP masquerading, etc.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_iptables_installed
Identifiers and References

References:  CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure iptables is installed
  package:
    name: iptables
    state: present
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_iptables_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_iptables

class install_iptables {
  package { 'iptables':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}
Group   IPv6   Group contains 2 groups and 3 rules

[ref]   The system includes support for Internet Protocol version 6. A major and often-mentioned improvement over IPv4 is its enormous increase in the number of available addresses. Another important feature is its support for automatic configuration of many network settings.

Group   Disable Support for IPv6 Unless Needed   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Despite configuration that suggests support for IPv6 has been disabled, link-local IPv6 address auto-configuration occurs even when only an IPv4 address is assigned. The only way to effectively prevent execution of the IPv6 networking stack is to instruct the system not to activate the IPv6 kernel module.

Rule   Ensure IPv6 is disabled through kernel boot parameter   [ref]

To disable IPv6 protocol support in the Linux kernel, add the argument ipv6.disable=1 to the default GRUB2 command line for the Linux operating system in /boot/grub2/grubenv, in the manner below:

sudo  grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) ipv6.disable=1"

Warning:  The GRUB 2 configuration file, grub.cfg, is automatically updated each time a new kernel is installed. Note that any changes to /etc/default/grub require rebuilding the grub.cfg file. To update the GRUB 2 configuration file manually, use the
grub2-mkconfig -o
command as follows:
  • On BIOS-based machines, issue the following command:
    sudo grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
  • On UEFI-based machines, issue the following command:
    sudo grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/efi/EFI/fedora/grub.cfg
Rationale:

Any unnecessary network stacks, including IPv6, should be disabled to reduce the vulnerability to exploitation.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_ipv6_disable_argument
Identifiers and References

References:  3.1.1

Group   Configure IPv6 Settings if Necessary   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   A major feature of IPv6 is the extent to which systems implementing it can automatically configure their networking devices using information from the network. From a security perspective, manually configuring important configuration information is preferable to accepting it from the network in an unauthenticated fashion.

Rule   Disable Accepting Router Advertisements on all IPv6 Interfaces by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra = 0

Rationale:

An illicit router advertisement message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra
Identifiers and References

References:  3.3.9, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra
    - unknown_severity

Rule   Configure Accepting Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command:

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra = 0

Rationale:

An illicit router advertisement message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra
Identifiers and References

References:  3.3.9, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.1.20, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra_value: !!str 0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra
    value: '{{ sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra_value }}'
    state: present
    reload: true
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - reboot_required
    - sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra
    - unknown_severity
Group   Configure Syslog   Group contains 3 groups and 7 rules

[ref]   The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format, lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication, encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However, due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by almost all Unix applications.

In SUSE Linux Enterprise 15, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server. This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and monitor logs.

Group   Ensure Proper Configuration of Log Files   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The file /etc/rsyslog.conf controls where log message are written. These are controlled by lines called rules, which consist of a selector and an action. These rules are often customized depending on the role of the system, the requirements of the environment, and whatever may enable the administrator to most effectively make use of log data. The default rules in SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 are:

*.info;mail.none;authpriv.none;cron.none                /var/log/messages
authpriv.*                                              /var/log/secure
mail.*                                                  -/var/log/maillog
cron.*                                                  /var/log/cron
*.emerg                                                 *
uucp,news.crit                                          /var/log/spooler
local7.*                                                /var/log/boot.log
See the man page rsyslog.conf(5) for more information. Note that the rsyslog daemon can be configured to use a timestamp format that some log processing programs may not understand. If this occurs, edit the file /etc/rsyslog.conf and add or edit the following line:
$ ActionFileDefaultTemplate RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat

Rule   Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate Group   [ref]

The group-owner of all log files written by rsyslog should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's group owner:

$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the owner is not root, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chgrp root LOGFILE

Rationale:

The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be protected from unauthorized access.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_groupownership
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R46), NT28(R5), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-001314, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2

Rule   Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate User   [ref]

The owner of all log files written by rsyslog should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's owner:

$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the owner is not root, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chown root LOGFILE

Rationale:

The log files generated by rsyslog contain valuable information regarding system configuration, user authentication, and other such information. Log files should be protected from unauthorized access.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_ownership
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R46), NT28(R5), 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, CCI-001314, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2

Rule   Ensure System Log Files Have Correct Permissions   [ref]

The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should be set to 600, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's permissions:

$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the permissions are not 600 or more restrictive, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chmod 0600 LOGFILE
"

Rationale:

Log files can contain valuable information regarding system configuration. If the system log files are not protected unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating their forensic value.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_files_permissions
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R36), CCI-001314, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2

Group   Ensure All Logs are Rotated by logrotate   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Edit the file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog. Find the first line, which should look like this (wrapped for clarity):

/var/log/messages /var/log/secure /var/log/maillog /var/log/spooler \
  /var/log/boot.log /var/log/cron {
Edit this line so that it contains a one-space-separated listing of each log file referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf.

All logs in use on a system must be rotated regularly, or the log files will consume disk space over time, eventually interfering with system operation. The file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog is the configuration file used by the logrotate program to maintain all log files written by syslog. By default, it rotates logs weekly and stores four archival copies of each log. These settings can be modified by editing /etc/logrotate.conf, but the defaults are sufficient for purposes of this guide.

Note that logrotate is run nightly by the cron job /etc/cron.daily/logrotate. If particularly active logs need to be rotated more often than once a day, some other mechanism must be used.

Rule   Ensure Logrotate Runs Periodically   [ref]

The logrotate utility allows for the automatic rotation of log files. The frequency of rotation is specified in /etc/logrotate.conf, which triggers a cron task. To configure logrotate to run daily, add or correct the following line in /etc/logrotate.conf:

# rotate log files frequency
daily

Rationale:

Log files that are not properly rotated run the risk of growing so large that they fill up the /var/log partition. Valuable logging information could be lost if the /var/log partition becomes full.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_logrotate_activated
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R43), NT12(R18), 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, CM-6(a), PR.PT-1, Req-10.7




LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE="/etc/logrotate.conf"
CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE="/etc/cron.daily/logrotate"

# daily rotation is configured
grep -q "^daily$" $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE|| echo "daily" >> $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE

# remove any line configuring weekly, monthly or yearly rotation
sed -i -r "/^(weekly|monthly|yearly)$/d" $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE

# configure cron.daily if not already
if ! grep -q "^[[:space:]]*/usr/sbin/logrotate[[:alnum:][:blank:][:punct:]]*$LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE$" $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE; then
	echo "#!/bin/sh" > $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE
	echo "/usr/sbin/logrotate $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE" >> $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE
fi


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Configure daily log rotation in /etc/logrotate.conf
  lineinfile:
    create: true
    dest: /etc/logrotate.conf
    regexp: ^daily$
    line: daily
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - configure_strategy
    - ensure_logrotate_activated
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Make sure daily log rotation setting is not overriden in /etc/logrotate.conf
  lineinfile:
    create: false
    dest: /etc/logrotate.conf
    regexp: ^(weekly|monthly|yearly)$
    state: absent
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - configure_strategy
    - ensure_logrotate_activated
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Configure cron.daily if not already
  block:

    - name: Add shebang
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/cron.daily/logrotate
        line: '#!/bin/sh'
        insertbefore: BOF
        create: true

    - name: Add logrotate call
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/cron.daily/logrotate
        line: /usr/sbin/logrotate /etc/logrotate.conf
        regexp: ^[\s]*/usr/sbin/logrotate[\s\S]*/etc/logrotate.conf$
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - configure_strategy
    - ensure_logrotate_activated
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
Group   Rsyslog Logs Sent To Remote Host   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If system logs are to be useful in detecting malicious activities, it is necessary to send logs to a remote server. An intruder who has compromised the root account on a system may delete the log entries which indicate that the system was attacked before they are seen by an administrator.

However, it is recommended that logs be stored on the local host in addition to being sent to the loghost, especially if rsyslog has been configured to use the UDP protocol to send messages over a network. UDP does not guarantee reliable delivery, and moderately busy sites will lose log messages occasionally, especially in periods of high traffic which may be the result of an attack. In addition, remote rsyslog messages are not authenticated in any way by default, so it is easy for an attacker to introduce spurious messages to the central log server. Also, some problems cause loss of network connectivity, which will prevent the sending of messages to the central server. For all of these reasons, it is better to store log messages both centrally and on each host, so that they can be correlated if necessary.

Rule   Ensure Logs Sent To Remote Host   [ref]

To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open /etc/rsyslog.conf and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting logcollector appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments.
To use UDP for log message delivery:

*.* @logcollector

To use TCP for log message delivery:
*.* @@logcollector

To use RELP for log message delivery:
*.* :omrelp:logcollector

There must be a resolvable DNS CNAME or Alias record set to "logcollector" for logs to be sent correctly to the centralized logging utility.

Rationale:

A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_remote_loghost
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R7), NT28(R43), NT12(R5), 1, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-000366, CCI-001348, CCI-000136, CCI-001851, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.308(a)(6)(ii), 164.308(a)(8), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.314(a)(2)(i)(C), 164.314(a)(2)(iii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.17.2.1, CM-6(a), AU-4(1), AU-9(2), PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, FAU_GEN.1.1.c, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000032-VMM-000130

Rule   Ensure rsyslog is Installed   [ref]

Rsyslog is installed by default. The rsyslog package can be installed with the following command:

 $ sudo zypper install rsyslog

Rationale:

The rsyslog package provides the rsyslog daemon, which provides system logging services.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_rsyslog_installed
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R5), NT28(R46), 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01, CCI-001311, CCI-001312, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, CM-6(a), PR.PT-1, SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224, SRG-OS-000051-GPOS-00024



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure rsyslog is installed
  package:
    name: rsyslog
    state: present
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_rsyslog_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_rsyslog

class install_rsyslog {
  package { 'rsyslog':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}

Rule   Enable rsyslog Service   [ref]

The rsyslog service provides syslog-style logging by default on SUSE Linux Enterprise 15. The rsyslog service can be enabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl enable rsyslog.service

Rationale:

The rsyslog service must be running in order to provide logging services, which are essential to system administration.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rsyslog_enabled
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R5), NT28(R46), 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01, CCI-001311, CCI-001312, CCI-001557, CCI-001851, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.17.2.1, CM-6(a), AU-4(1), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service rsyslog
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service rsyslog
      service:
        name: rsyslog
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"rsyslog" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rsyslog_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_rsyslog

class enable_rsyslog {
  service {'rsyslog':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}
Group   Services   Group contains 42 groups and 65 rules

[ref]   The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review the software which SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It then enumerates the software packages installed on a default SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 system and provides guidance about which ones can be safely disabled.

SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional system. When building SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up the system from there.

Group   Mail Server Software   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Mail servers are used to send and receive email over the network. Mail is a very common service, and Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) are obvious targets of network attack. Ensure that systems are not running MTAs unnecessarily, and configure needed MTAs as defensively as possible.

Very few systems at any site should be configured to directly receive email over the network. Users should instead use mail client programs to retrieve email from a central server that supports protocols such as IMAP or POP3. However, it is normal for most systems to be independently capable of sending email, for instance so that cron jobs can report output to an administrator. Most MTAs, including Postfix, support a submission-only mode in which mail can be sent from the local system to a central site MTA (or directly delivered to a local account), but the system still cannot receive mail directly over a network.

The alternatives program in SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 permits selection of other mail server software (such as Sendmail), but Postfix is the default and is preferred. Postfix was coded with security in mind and can also be more effectively contained by SELinux as its modular design has resulted in separate processes performing specific actions. More information is available on its website, http://www.postfix.org.

Group   Configure SMTP For Mail Clients   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section discusses settings for Postfix in a submission-only e-mail configuration.

Rule   Disable Postfix Network Listening   [ref]

Edit the file /etc/postfix/main.cf to ensure that only the following inet_interfaces line appears:

inet_interfaces = loopback-only

Rationale:

This ensures postfix accepts mail messages (such as cron job reports) from the local system only, and not from the network, which protects it from network attack.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_postfix_network_listening_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.15, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000382, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3

Group   Samba(SMB) Microsoft Windows File Sharing Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   When properly configured, the Samba service allows Linux systems to provide file and print sharing to Microsoft Windows systems. There are two software packages that provide Samba support. The first, samba-client, provides a series of command line tools that enable a client system to access Samba shares. The second, simply labeled samba, provides the Samba service. It is this second package that allows a Linux system to act as an Active Directory server, a domain controller, or as a domain member. Only the samba-client package is installed by default.

Group   Disable Samba if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Even after the Samba server package has been installed, it will remain disabled. Do not enable this service unless it is absolutely necessary to provide Microsoft Windows file and print sharing functionality.

Rule   Disable Samba   [ref]

The smb service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable smb.service
The smb service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask smb.service

Rationale:

Running a Samba server provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be disabled if not needed.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_smb_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.12, CCI-001436



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'smb.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'smb.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'smb.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^smb.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'smb.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'smb.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'smb.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'smb.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service smb
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service smb
      systemd:
        name: smb.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"smb.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_smb_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - smb.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files smb.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_smb_disabled

- name: Disable socket smb
  systemd:
    name: smb.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"smb.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_smb_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_smb

class disable_smb {
  service {'smb':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   DHCP   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows systems to request and obtain an IP address and other configuration parameters from a server.

This guide recommends configuring networking on clients by manually editing the appropriate files under /etc/sysconfig. Use of DHCP can make client systems vulnerable to compromise by rogue DHCP servers, and should be avoided unless necessary. If using DHCP is necessary, however, there are best practices that should be followed to minimize security risk.

Group   Disable DHCP Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The DHCP server dhcpd is not installed or activated by default. If the software was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a DHCP server, it should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Disable DHCP Service   [ref]

The dhcpd service should be disabled on any system that does not need to act as a DHCP server. The dhcpd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable dhcpd.service
The dhcpd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask dhcpd.service

Rationale:

Unmanaged or unintentionally activated DHCP servers may provide faulty information to clients, interfering with the operation of a legitimate site DHCP server if there is one.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_dhcpd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.5, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'dhcpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'dhcpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'dhcpd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^dhcpd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'dhcpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'dhcpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'dhcpd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'dhcpd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service dhcpd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service dhcpd
      systemd:
        name: dhcpd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"dhcpd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dhcpd_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - dhcpd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files dhcpd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dhcpd_disabled

- name: Disable socket dhcpd
  systemd:
    name: dhcpd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"dhcpd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dhcpd_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_dhcpd

class disable_dhcpd {
  service {'dhcpd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   SSH Server   Group contains 1 group and 18 rules

[ref]   The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more detailed documentation is available from its website, https://www.openssh.com. Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package openssh-server.

Group   Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary   Group contains 13 rules

[ref]   If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration file /etc/ssh/sshd_config. The following recommendations can be applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more detailed information.

Rule   Set LogLevel to INFO   [ref]

The INFO parameter specifices that record login and logout activity will be logged. To specify the log level in SSH, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:

LogLevel INFO

Rationale:

SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information. INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_loglevel_info
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a)



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*LogLevel\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "LogLevel INFO" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "LogLevel INFO" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Set LogLevel to INFO
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*LogLevel\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: LogLevel INFO
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_set_loglevel_info


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Disable Host-Based Authentication   [ref]

SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even within an organization.

To disable host-based authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

HostbasedAuthentication no

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_host_auth
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.9, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-3, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*HostbasedAuthentication\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "HostbasedAuthentication no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "HostbasedAuthentication no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable Host-Based Authentication
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*HostbasedAuthentication\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: HostbasedAuthentication no
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_host_auth
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy

Rule   Set SSH Idle Timeout Interval   [ref]

SSH allows administrators to set an idle timeout interval. After this interval has passed, the idle user will be automatically logged out.

To set an idle timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:

ClientAliveInterval 300


The timeout interval is given in seconds. For example, have a timeout of 10 minutes, set interval to 600.

If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will preempt any SSH setting made in /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Keep in mind that some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle.

Rationale:

Terminating an idle ssh session within a short time period reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session enabled on the console or console port that has been let unattended.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_idle_timeout
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R29), 5.2.16, 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-000879, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000126-GPOS-00066, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, SRG-OS-000395-GPOS-00175, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000




sshd_idle_timeout_value="300"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}
replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^ClientAliveInterval' $sshd_idle_timeout_value '' '%s %s'


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Enable SSH Warning Banner   [ref]

To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

Banner /etc/issue
Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.

Rationale:

The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does not provide easy attribution.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_warning_banner
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.19, 1, 12, 15, 16, 5.5.6, DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, AC-8(a), AC-8(c), AC-17(a), CM-6(a), PR.AC-7, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088, SRG-OS-000023-VMM-000060, SRG-OS-000024-VMM-000070



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*Banner\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "Banner /etc/issue" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "Banner /etc/issue" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Enable SSH Warning Banner
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*Banner\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: Banner /etc/issue
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.9
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_enable_warning_banner


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords   [ref]

To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

PermitEmptyPasswords no

Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords.

Rationale:

Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_empty_passwords
Identifiers and References

References:  NT007(R17), 5.2.11, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, CCI-000766, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000106-GPOS-00053, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*PermitEmptyPasswords\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "PermitEmptyPasswords no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "PermitEmptyPasswords no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*PermitEmptyPasswords\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: PermitEmptyPasswords no
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - high_severity
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_disable_empty_passwords


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files   [ref]

SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their accounts via .rhosts files.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

IgnoreRhosts yes

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_rhosts
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.8, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, FIA_AFL.1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000107-VMM-000530



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*IgnoreRhosts\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "IgnoreRhosts yes" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "IgnoreRhosts yes" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*IgnoreRhosts\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: IgnoreRhosts yes
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_disable_rhosts


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Do Not Allow SSH Environment Options   [ref]

To ensure users are not able to override environment variables of the SSH daemon, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

PermitUserEnvironment no

Rationale:

SSH environment options potentially allow users to bypass access restriction in some configurations.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_do_not_permit_user_env
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.12, 11, 3, 9, 5.5.6, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*PermitUserEnvironment\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "PermitUserEnvironment no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "PermitUserEnvironment no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Do Not Allow SSH Environment Options
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*PermitUserEnvironment\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: PermitUserEnvironment no
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_do_not_permit_user_env


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Set SSH authentication attempt limit   [ref]

The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged. to set MaxAUthTries edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:

MaxAuthTries 4

Rationale:

Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_max_auth_tries
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.7




sshd_max_auth_tries_value="4"

if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*MaxAuthTries\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "MaxAuthTries $sshd_max_auth_tries_value" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "MaxAuthTries $sshd_max_auth_tries_value" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"

Rule   Use Only Strong Ciphers   [ref]

Limit the ciphers to strong algorithms. Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of those ciphers:

Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers.

Rationale:

Based on research conducted at various institutions, it was determined that the symmetric portion of the SSH Transport Protocol (as described in RFC 4253) has security weaknesses that allowed recovery of up to 32 bits of plaintext from a block of ciphertext that was encrypted with the Cipher Block Chaining (CBD) method. From that research, new Counter mode algorithms (as described in RFC4344) were designed that are not vulnerable to these types of attacks and these algorithms are now recommended for standard use.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_ciphers
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.13




if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*Ciphers\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"

Rule   Set SSH Client Alive Max Count   [ref]

To ensure the SSH idle timeout occurs precisely when the ClientAliveInterval is set, edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:

ClientAliveCountMax 0

Rationale:

This ensures a user login will be terminated as soon as the ClientAliveInterval is reached.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_keepalive
Identifiers and References

References:  1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8, 5.5.6, APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10, 3.1.11, CCI-000879, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a), DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000




var_sshd_set_keepalive="0"

if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*ClientAliveCountMax\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "ClientAliveCountMax $var_sshd_set_keepalive" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "ClientAliveCountMax $var_sshd_set_keepalive" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Disable SSH TCP Forwarding   [ref]

The AllowTcpForwarding parameter specifies whether TCP forwarding is permitted. To disable TCP forwarding, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:

AllowTcpForwarding no

Rationale:

Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and back-doors.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_tcp_forwarding
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.21



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*AllowTcpForwarding\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "AllowTcpForwarding no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "AllowTcpForwarding no" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH TCP Forwarding
  block:

    - name: Deduplicate values from /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: false
        regexp: (?i)^\s*AllowTcpForwarding\s+
        state: absent

    - name: Insert correct line to /etc/ssh/sshd_config
      lineinfile:
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
        create: true
        line: AllowTcpForwarding no
        state: present
        insertbefore: ^[#\s]*Match
        validate: /usr/sbin/sshd -t -f %s
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - restrict_strategy
    - sshd_disable_tcp_forwarding


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 2.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:,%0A%23%09%24OpenBSD%3A%20sshd_config%2Cv%201.103%202018/04/09%2020%3A41%3A22%20tj%20Exp%20%24%0A%0A%23%20This%20is%20the%20sshd%20server%20system-wide%20configuration%20file.%20%20See%0A%23%20sshd_config%285%29%20for%20more%20information.%0A%0A%23%20This%20sshd%20was%20compiled%20with%20PATH%3D/usr/local/bin%3A/usr/bin%3A/usr/local/sbin%3A/usr/sbin%0A%0A%23%20The%20strategy%20used%20for%20options%20in%20the%20default%20sshd_config%20shipped%20with%0A%23%20OpenSSH%20is%20to%20specify%20options%20with%20their%20default%20value%20where%0A%23%20possible%2C%20but%20leave%20them%20commented.%20%20Uncommented%20options%20override%20the%0A%23%20default%20value.%0A%0A%23%20If%20you%20want%20to%20change%20the%20port%20on%20a%20SELinux%20system%2C%20you%20have%20to%20tell%0A%23%20SELinux%20about%20this%20change.%0A%23%20semanage%20port%20-a%20-t%20ssh_port_t%20-p%20tcp%20%23PORTNUMBER%0A%23%0A%23Port%2022%0A%23AddressFamily%20any%0A%23ListenAddress%200.0.0.0%0A%23ListenAddress%20%3A%3A%0A%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ecdsa_key%0AHostKey%20/etc/ssh/ssh_host_ed25519_key%0A%0A%23%20Ciphers%20and%20keying%0ARekeyLimit%20512M%201h%0A%0A%23%20System-wide%20Crypto%20policy%3A%0A%23%20This%20system%20is%20following%20system-wide%20crypto%20policy.%20The%20changes%20to%0A%23%20Ciphers%2C%20MACs%2C%20KexAlgoritms%20and%20GSSAPIKexAlgorithsm%20will%20not%20have%20any%0A%23%20effect%20here.%20They%20will%20be%20overridden%20by%20command-line%20options%20passed%20on%0A%23%20the%20server%20start%20up.%0A%23%20To%20opt%20out%2C%20uncomment%20a%20line%20with%20redefinition%20of%20%20CRYPTO_POLICY%3D%0A%23%20variable%20in%20%20/etc/sysconfig/sshd%20%20to%20overwrite%20the%20policy.%0A%23%20For%20more%20information%2C%20see%20manual%20page%20for%20update-crypto-policies%288%29.%0A%0A%23%20Logging%0A%23SyslogFacility%20AUTH%0ASyslogFacility%20AUTHPRIV%0A%23LogLevel%20INFO%0A%0A%23%20Authentication%3A%0A%0A%23LoginGraceTime%202m%0APermitRootLogin%20no%0AStrictModes%20yes%0A%23MaxAuthTries%206%0A%23MaxSessions%2010%0A%0APubkeyAuthentication%20yes%0A%0A%23%20The%20default%20is%20to%20check%20both%20.ssh/authorized_keys%20and%20.ssh/authorized_keys2%0A%23%20but%20this%20is%20overridden%20so%20installations%20will%20only%20check%20.ssh/authorized_keys%0AAuthorizedKeysFile%09.ssh/authorized_keys%0A%0A%23AuthorizedPrincipalsFile%20none%0A%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommand%20none%0A%23AuthorizedKeysCommandUser%20nobody%0A%0A%23%20For%20this%20to%20work%20you%20will%20also%20need%20host%20keys%20in%20/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts%0AHostbasedAuthentication%20no%0A%23%20Change%20to%20yes%20if%20you%20don%27t%20trust%20~/.ssh/known_hosts%20for%0A%23%20HostbasedAuthentication%0AIgnoreUserKnownHosts%20yes%0A%23%20Don%27t%20read%20the%20user%27s%20~/.rhosts%20and%20~/.shosts%20files%0AIgnoreRhosts%20yes%0A%0A%23%20To%20disable%20tunneled%20clear%20text%20passwords%2C%20change%20to%20no%20here%21%0A%23PasswordAuthentication%20yes%0APermitEmptyPasswords%20no%0APasswordAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Change%20to%20no%20to%20disable%20s/key%20passwords%0A%23ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20yes%0AChallengeResponseAuthentication%20no%0A%0A%23%20Kerberos%20options%0AKerberosAuthentication%20no%0A%23KerberosOrLocalPasswd%20yes%0A%23KerberosTicketCleanup%20yes%0A%23KerberosGetAFSToken%20no%0A%23KerberosUseKuserok%20yes%0A%0A%23%20GSSAPI%20options%0AGSSAPIAuthentication%20no%0AGSSAPICleanupCredentials%20no%0A%23GSSAPIStrictAcceptorCheck%20yes%0A%23GSSAPIKeyExchange%20no%0A%23GSSAPIEnablek5users%20no%0A%0A%23%20Set%20this%20to%20%27yes%27%20to%20enable%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20account%20processing%2C%0A%23%20and%20session%20processing.%20If%20this%20is%20enabled%2C%20PAM%20authentication%20will%0A%23%20be%20allowed%20through%20the%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20and%0A%23%20PasswordAuthentication.%20%20Depending%20on%20your%20PAM%20configuration%2C%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%20via%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20may%20bypass%0A%23%20the%20setting%20of%20%22PermitRootLogin%20without-password%22.%0A%23%20If%20you%20just%20want%20the%20PAM%20account%20and%20session%20checks%20to%20run%20without%0A%23%20PAM%20authentication%2C%20then%20enable%20this%20but%20set%20PasswordAuthentication%0A%23%20and%20ChallengeResponseAuthentication%20to%20%27no%27.%0A%23%20WARNING%3A%20%27UsePAM%20no%27%20is%20not%20supported%20in%20Fedora%20and%20may%20cause%20several%0A%23%20problems.%0AUsePAM%20yes%0A%0A%23AllowAgentForwarding%20yes%0A%23AllowTcpForwarding%20yes%0A%23GatewayPorts%20no%0AX11Forwarding%20yes%0A%23X11DisplayOffset%2010%0A%23X11UseLocalhost%20yes%0A%23PermitTTY%20yes%0A%0A%23%20It%20is%20recommended%20to%20use%20pam_motd%20in%20/etc/pam.d/sshd%20instead%20of%20PrintMotd%2C%0A%23%20as%20it%20is%20more%20configurable%20and%20versatile%20than%20the%20built-in%20version.%0APrintMotd%20no%0A%0APrintLastLog%20yes%0A%23TCPKeepAlive%20yes%0APermitUserEnvironment%20no%0ACompression%20no%0AClientAliveInterval%20600%0AClientAliveCountMax%200%0A%23UseDNS%20no%0A%23PidFile%20/var/run/sshd.pid%0A%23MaxStartups%2010%3A30%3A100%0A%23PermitTunnel%20no%0A%23ChrootDirectory%20none%0A%23VersionAddendum%20none%0A%0A%23%20no%20default%20banner%20path%0ABanner%20/etc/issue%0A%0A%23%20Accept%20locale-related%20environment%20variables%0AAcceptEnv%20LANG%20LC_CTYPE%20LC_NUMERIC%20LC_TIME%20LC_COLLATE%20LC_MONETARY%20LC_MESSAGES%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_PAPER%20LC_NAME%20LC_ADDRESS%20LC_TELEPHONE%20LC_MEASUREMENT%0AAcceptEnv%20LC_IDENTIFICATION%20LC_ALL%20LANGUAGE%0AAcceptEnv%20XMODIFIERS%0A%0A%23%20override%20default%20of%20no%20subsystems%0ASubsystem%09sftp%09/usr/libexec/openssh/sftp-server%0A%0A%23%20Example%20of%20overriding%20settings%20on%20a%20per-user%20basis%0A%23Match%20User%20anoncvs%0A%23%09X11Forwarding%20no%0A%23%09AllowTcpForwarding%20no%0A%23%09PermitTTY%20no%0A%23%09ForceCommand%20cvs%20server%0A%0AUsePrivilegeSeparation%20sandbox
        filesystem: root
        mode: 0600
        path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rule   Use Only Strong MACs   [ref]

Limit the MACs to strong hash algorithms. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of those MACs:

MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,umac-128-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-ripemd160

Rationale:

MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_macs
Identifiers and References

References:  5.2.14




if [ -e "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" ] ; then
    LC_ALL=C sed -i "/^\s*MACs\s\+/Id" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    touch "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
cp "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"
# Insert before the line matching the regex '^Match'.
line_number="$(LC_ALL=C grep -n "^Match" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" | LC_ALL=C sed 's/:.*//g')"
if [ -z "$line_number" ]; then
    # There was no match of '^Match', insert at
    # the end of the file.
    printf '%s\n' "MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,umac-128-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-ripemd160" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
else
    head -n "$(( line_number - 1 ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" > "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    printf '%s\n' "MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,umac-128-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-ripemd160" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
    tail -n "+$(( line_number ))" "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak" >> "/etc/ssh/sshd_config"
fi
# Clean up after ourselves.
rm "/etc/ssh/sshd_config.bak"

Rule   Verify Permissions on SSH Server config file   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_sshd_config
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0600 /etc/ssh/sshd_config


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  stat:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0600 on /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  file:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    mode: '0600'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on SSH Server config file   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/ssh/sshd_config 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_sshd_config
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/ssh/sshd_config


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  stat:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  file:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns SSH Server config file   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_sshd_config
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/ssh/sshd_config


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  stat:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/ssh/sshd_config
  file:
    path: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_sshd_config
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on SSH Server Public *.pub Key Files   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/ssh/*.pub, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/ssh/*.pub

Rationale:

If a public host key file is modified by an unauthorized user, the SSH service may be compromised.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_sshd_pub_key
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.13, 3.13.10, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

find /etc/ssh/ -regex '^.*.pub$' -exec chmod 0644 {} \;


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Find /etc/ssh/ file(s)
  find:
    paths: /etc/ssh/
    patterns: ^.*.pub$
    use_regex: true
  register: files_found
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_pub_key
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Set permissions for /etc/ssh/ file(s)
  file:
    path: '{{ item.path }}'
    mode: '0644'
  with_items:
    - '{{ files_found.files }}'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_pub_key
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed


include ssh_public_key_perms

class ssh_public_key_perms {
  exec { 'sshd_pub_key':
    command => "chmod 0644 /etc/ssh/*.pub",
    path    => '/bin:/usr/bin'
  }
}

Rule   Verify Permissions on SSH Server Private *_key Key Files   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/ssh/*_key, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/ssh/*_key

Rationale:

If an unauthorized user obtains the private SSH host key file, the host could be impersonated.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_sshd_private_key
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 3.1.13, 3.13.10, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, AC-17(a), CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

find /etc/ssh/ -regex '^.*_key$' -exec chmod 0640 {} \;


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Find /etc/ssh/ file(s)
  find:
    paths: /etc/ssh/
    patterns: ^.*_key$
    use_regex: true
  register: files_found
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_private_key
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Set permissions for /etc/ssh/ file(s)
  file:
    path: '{{ item.path }}'
    mode: '0640'
  with_items:
    - '{{ files_found.files }}'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.10
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_sshd_private_key
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed


include ssh_private_key_perms

class ssh_private_key_perms {
  exec { 'sshd_priv_key':
    command => "chmod 0640 /etc/ssh/*_key",
    path    => '/bin:/usr/bin'
  }
}
Group   FTP Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   FTP is a common method for allowing remote access to files. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means that passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be captured and that the session is vulnerable to hijacking. Therefore, running the FTP server software is not recommended.

However, there are some FTP server configurations which may be appropriate for some environments, particularly those which allow only read-only anonymous access as a means of downloading data available to the public.

Group   Disable vsftpd if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   To minimize attack surface, disable vsftpd if at all possible.

Rule   Disable vsftpd Service   [ref]

The vsftpd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable vsftpd.service
The vsftpd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask vsftpd.service

Rationale:

Running FTP server software provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be disabled if not needed. Furthermore, the FTP protocol is unencrypted and creates a risk of compromising sensitive information.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_vsftpd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.9, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-001436, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'vsftpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'vsftpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'vsftpd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^vsftpd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'vsftpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'vsftpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'vsftpd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'vsftpd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service vsftpd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service vsftpd
      systemd:
        name: vsftpd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"vsftpd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_vsftpd_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - vsftpd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files vsftpd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_vsftpd_disabled

- name: Disable socket vsftpd
  systemd:
    name: vsftpd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"vsftpd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_vsftpd_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_vsftpd

class disable_vsftpd {
  service {'vsftpd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Proxy Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   A proxy server is a very desirable target for a potential adversary because much (or all) sensitive data for a given infrastructure may flow through it. Therefore, if one is required, the system acting as a proxy server should be dedicated to that purpose alone and be stored in a physically secure location. The system's default proxy server software is Squid, and provided in an RPM package of the same name.

Group   Disable Squid if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If Squid was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a proxy server, then it should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Disable Squid   [ref]

The squid service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable squid.service
The squid service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask squid.service

Rationale:

Running proxy server software provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be removed if not needed.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_squid_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.13



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'squid.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'squid.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'squid.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^squid.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'squid.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'squid.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'squid.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'squid.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service squid
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service squid
      systemd:
        name: squid.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"squid.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_squid_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Unit Socket Exists - squid.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files squid.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_squid_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Disable socket squid
  systemd:
    name: squid.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"squid.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_squid_disabled
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_squid

class disable_squid {
  service {'squid':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   LDAP   Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   LDAP is a popular directory service, that is, a standardized way of looking up information from a central database. SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 includes software that enables a system to act as both an LDAP client and server.

Group   Configure OpenLDAP Clients   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section provides information on which security settings are important to configure in OpenLDAP clients by manually editing the appropriate configuration files. SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 provides an automated configuration tool called authconfig and a graphical wrapper for authconfig called system-config-authentication. However, these tools do not provide as much control over configuration as manual editing of configuration files. The authconfig tools do not allow you to specify locations of SSL certificate files, which is useful when trying to use SSL cleanly across several protocols. Installation and configuration of OpenLDAP on SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 is available at

Warning:  Before configuring any system to be an LDAP client, ensure that a working LDAP server is present on the network.

Rule   Ensure LDAP client is not installed   [ref]

The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database. The openldap-clients package can be removed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper remove openldap-clients

Rationale:

If the system does not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software is removed to reduce the potential attack surface.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openldap-clients_removed
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove openldap-clients
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on openldap-clients. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure openldap-clients is removed
  package:
    name: openldap-clients
    state: absent
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_openldap-clients_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_openldap-clients

class remove_openldap-clients {
  package { 'openldap-clients':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   Configure OpenLDAP Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section details some security-relevant settings for an OpenLDAP server.

Rule   Uninstall openldap-servers Package   [ref]

The openldap-servers RPM is not installed by default on a SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 system. It is needed only by the OpenLDAP server, not by the clients which use LDAP for authentication. If the system is not intended for use as an LDAP Server it should be removed.

Rationale:

Unnecessary packages should not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system. While this software is clearly essential on an LDAP server, it is not necessary on typical desktop or workstation systems.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openldap-servers_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.6, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove openldap-servers
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on openldap-servers. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure openldap-servers is removed
  package:
    name: openldap-servers
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_openldap-servers_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_openldap-servers

class remove_openldap-servers {
  package { 'openldap-servers':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   SNMP Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Simple Network Management Protocol allows administrators to monitor the state of network devices, including computers. Older versions of SNMP were well-known for weak security, such as plaintext transmission of the community string (used for authentication) and usage of easily-guessable choices for the community string.

Group   Disable SNMP Server if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The system includes an SNMP daemon that allows for its remote monitoring, though it not installed by default. If it was installed and activated but is not needed, the software should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Disable snmpd Service   [ref]

The snmpd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable snmpd.service
The snmpd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask snmpd.service

Rationale:

Running SNMP software provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be disabled if not needed.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_snmpd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.14, SRG-OS-000480-VMM-002000



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'snmpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'snmpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'snmpd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^snmpd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'snmpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'snmpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'snmpd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'snmpd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service snmpd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service snmpd
      systemd:
        name: snmpd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"snmpd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_snmpd_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - snmpd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files snmpd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_snmpd_disabled

- name: Disable socket snmpd
  systemd:
    name: snmpd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"snmpd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_snmpd_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_snmpd

class disable_snmpd {
  service {'snmpd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Cron and At Daemons   Group contains 18 rules

[ref]   The cron and at services are used to allow commands to be executed at a later time. The cron service is required by almost all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, while at may or may not be required on a given system. Both daemons should be configured defensively.

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns cron.d   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.d, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.d

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_d
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/cron.d/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.d/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/cron.d/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on crontab   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/crontab, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/crontab

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_crontab
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0600 /etc/crontab


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/crontab
  stat:
    path: /etc/crontab
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0600 on /etc/crontab
  file:
    path: /etc/crontab
    mode: '0600'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns Crontab   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/crontab, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/crontab

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_crontab
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/crontab


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/crontab
  stat:
    path: /etc/crontab
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/crontab
  file:
    path: /etc/crontab
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns cron.hourly   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.hourly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_hourly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/cron.hourly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.hourly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/cron.hourly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on cron.monthly   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.monthly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_monthly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0700 /etc/cron.monthly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.monthly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0700 on /etc/cron.monthly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
    mode: '0700'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns cron.monthly   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.monthly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_monthly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/cron.monthly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.monthly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/cron.monthly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on cron.hourly   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.hourly 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_hourly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/cron.hourly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.hourly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/cron.hourly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on crontab   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/crontab, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/crontab 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_crontab
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/crontab


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/crontab
  stat:
    path: /etc/crontab
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/crontab
  file:
    path: /etc/crontab
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_crontab
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns cron.daily   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.daily

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_daily
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/cron.daily/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.daily/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/cron.daily/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on cron.monthly   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.monthly 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_monthly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/cron.monthly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.monthly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/cron.monthly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.monthly/
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_monthly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on cron.weekly   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.weekly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_weekly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0700 /etc/cron.weekly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.weekly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0700 on /etc/cron.weekly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
    mode: '0700'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on cron.hourly   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.hourly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_hourly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0700 /etc/cron.hourly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.hourly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0700 on /etc/cron.hourly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.hourly/
    mode: '0700'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_hourly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on cron.daily   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.daily

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_daily
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0700 /etc/cron.daily/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.daily/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0700 on /etc/cron.daily/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
    mode: '0700'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on cron.weekly   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.weekly 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_weekly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/cron.weekly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.weekly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/cron.weekly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns cron.weekly   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.weekly

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct group to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_weekly
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chgrp 0 /etc/cron.weekly/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.weekly/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/cron.weekly/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.weekly/
    group: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_groupowner_cron_weekly
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on cron.d   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.d, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.d 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_d
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/cron.d/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.d/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/cron.d/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Permissions on cron.d   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.d, run the command:

$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.d

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_d
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0700 /etc/cron.d/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.d/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure permission 0700 on /etc/cron.d/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.d/
    mode: '0700'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_permissions_cron_d
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Verify Owner on cron.daily   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:

$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.daily 

Rationale:

Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the correct user to prevent unauthorized changes.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_daily
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, 4.3.3.7.3, SR 2.1, SR 5.2, A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-6(a), AC-6(1), PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure


chown 0 /etc/cron.daily/


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/cron.daily/
  stat:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
  register: file_exists
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/cron.daily/
  file:
    path: /etc/cron.daily/
    owner: '0'
  when:
    - file_exists.stat is defined and file_exists.stat.exists
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(1)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - configure_strategy
    - file_owner_cron_daily
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
Group   X Window System   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   The X Window System implementation included with the system is called X.org.

Group   Disable X Windows   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   Unless there is a mission-critical reason for the system to run a graphical user interface, ensure X is not set to start automatically at boot and remove the X Windows software packages. There is usually no reason to run X Windows on a dedicated server system, as it increases the system's attack surface and consumes system resources. Administrators of server systems should instead login via SSH or on the text console.

Rule   Remove the X Windows Package Group   [ref]

By removing the xorg-x11-server-common package, the system no longer has X Windows installed. If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode. This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target mode. To do so, run the following command:

$ sudo zypper groupremove "X Window System"
$ sudo zypper remove xorg-x11-server-common

Warning:  The installation and use of a Graphical User Interface (GUI) increases your attack vector and decreases your overall security posture. Removing the package xorg-x11-server-common package will remove the graphical target which might bring your system to an inconsistent state requiring additional configuration to access the system again. If a GUI is an operational requirement, a tailored profile that removes this rule should used before continuing installation.
Rationale:

Unnecessary service packages must not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system. X windows has a long history of security vulnerabilities and should not be installed unless approved and documented.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_xorg-x11-server-common_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.2, 12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.6.6, SR 1.13, SR 2.6, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove xorg-x11-server-common
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on xorg-x11-server-common. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure xorg-x11-server-common is removed
  package:
    name: xorg-x11-server-common
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_xorg-x11-server-common_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_xorg-x11-server-common

class remove_xorg-x11-server-common {
  package { 'xorg-x11-server-common':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}

Rule   Disable X Windows Startup By Setting Default Target   [ref]

Systems that do not require a graphical user interface should only boot by default into multi-user.target mode. This prevents accidental booting of the system into a graphical.target mode. Setting the system's default target to multi-user.target will prevent automatic startup of the X server. To do so, run:

$ systemctl set-default multi-user.target
You should see the following output:
Removed symlink /etc/systemd/system/default.target.
Created symlink from /etc/systemd/system/default.target to /usr/lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target.

Rationale:

Services that are not required for system and application processes must not be active to decrease the attack surface of the system. X windows has a long history of security vulnerabilities and should not be used unless approved and documented.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_xwindows_runlevel_target
Identifiers and References

References:  12, 15, 8, APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.6.6, SR 1.13, SR 2.6, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:restrict

systemctl set-default multi-user.target


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:restrict
- name: Switch to multi-user runlevel
  file:
    src: /usr/lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target
    dest: /etc/systemd/system/default.target
    state: link
    force: true
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - reboot_required
    - restrict_strategy
    - xwindows_runlevel_target
Group   IMAP and POP3 Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Dovecot provides IMAP and POP3 services. It is not installed by default. The project page at http://www.dovecot.org contains more detailed information about Dovecot configuration.

Group   Disable Dovecot   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If the system does not need to operate as an IMAP or POP3 server, the dovecot software should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Disable Dovecot Service   [ref]

The dovecot service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable dovecot.service
The dovecot service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask dovecot.service

Rationale:

Running an IMAP or POP3 server provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be disabled if not needed.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_dovecot_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.11



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'dovecot.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'dovecot.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'dovecot.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^dovecot.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'dovecot.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'dovecot.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'dovecot.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'dovecot.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service dovecot
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service dovecot
      systemd:
        name: dovecot.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"dovecot.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dovecot_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Unit Socket Exists - dovecot.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files dovecot.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dovecot_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Disable socket dovecot
  systemd:
    name: dovecot.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"dovecot.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_dovecot_disabled
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_dovecot

class disable_dovecot {
  service {'dovecot':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   DNS Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Most organizations have an operational need to run at least one nameserver. However, there are many common attacks involving DNS server software, and this server software should be disabled on any system on which it is not needed.

Group   Disable DNS Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   DNS software should be disabled on any systems which does not need to be a nameserver. Note that the BIND DNS server software is not installed on SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 by default. The remainder of this section discusses secure configuration of systems which must be nameservers.

Rule   Disable named Service   [ref]

The named service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable named.service
The named service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask named.service

Rationale:

All network services involve some risk of compromise due to implementation flaws and should be disabled if possible.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_named_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.8, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'named.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'named.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'named.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^named.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'named.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'named.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'named.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'named.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service named
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service named
      systemd:
        name: named.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"named.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_named_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - named.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files named.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_named_disabled

- name: Disable socket named
  systemd:
    name: named.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"named.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_named_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_named

class disable_named {
  service {'named':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Network Time Protocol   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   The Network Time Protocol is used to manage the system clock over a network. Computer clocks are not very accurate, so time will drift unpredictably on unmanaged systems. Central time protocols can be used both to ensure that time is consistent among a network of systems, and that their time is consistent with the outside world.

If every system on a network reliably reports the same time, then it is much easier to correlate log messages in case of an attack. In addition, a number of cryptographic protocols (such as Kerberos) use timestamps to prevent certain types of attacks. If your network does not have synchronized time, these protocols may be unreliable or even unusable.

Depending on the specifics of the network, global time accuracy may be just as important as local synchronization, or not very important at all. If your network is connected to the Internet, using a public timeserver (or one provided by your enterprise) provides globally accurate timestamps which may be essential in investigating or responding to an attack which originated outside of your network.

A typical network setup involves a small number of internal systems operating as NTP servers, and the remainder obtaining time information from those internal servers.

There is a choice between the daemons ntpd and chronyd, which are available from the repositories in the ntp and chrony packages respectively.

The default chronyd daemon can work well when external time references are only intermittently accesible, can perform well even when the network is congested for longer periods of time, can usually synchronize the clock faster and with better time accuracy, and quickly adapts to sudden changes in the rate of the clock, for example, due to changes in the temperature of the crystal oscillator. Chronyd should be considered for all systems which are frequently suspended or otherwise intermittently disconnected and reconnected to a network. Mobile and virtual systems for example.

The ntpd NTP daemon fully supports NTP protocol version 4 (RFC 5905), including broadcast, multicast, manycast clients and servers, and the orphan mode. It also supports extra authentication schemes based on public-key cryptography (RFC 5906). The NTP daemon (ntpd) should be considered for systems which are normally kept permanently on. Systems which are required to use broadcast or multicast IP, or to perform authentication of packets with the Autokey protocol, should consider using ntpd.

Refer to https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/rawhide/system-administrators-guide/servers/Configuring_NTP_Using_the_chrony_Suite/ for more detailed comparison of features of chronyd and ntpd daemon features respectively, and for further guidance how to choose between the two NTP daemons.

The upstream manual pages at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/manual.html for chronyd and http://www.ntp.org for ntpd provide additional information on the capabilities and configuration of each of the NTP daemons.

Rule   The Chrony package is installed   [ref]

System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all systems synchronize their clocks to them. The chrony package can be installed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper install chrony

Rationale:

Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms like Kerberos and also ensures log files have consistent time records across the enterprise, which aids in forensic investigations.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_chrony_installed
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure chrony is installed
  package:
    name: chrony
    state: present
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_chrony_installed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_chrony

class install_chrony {
  package { 'chrony':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}

Rule   The Chronyd service is enabled   [ref]

chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP) is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. To enable Chronyd service, you can run: # systemctl enable chronyd.service This recommendation only applies if chrony is in use on the system.

Rationale:

If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is working properly.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_chronyd_enabled
Identifiers and References


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service chronyd
  block:

    - name: Gather the package facts
      package_facts:
        manager: auto

    - name: Enable service chronyd
      service:
        name: chronyd
        enabled: 'yes'
        state: started
      when:
        - '"chrony" in ansible_facts.packages'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_chronyd_enabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include enable_chronyd

class enable_chronyd {
  service {'chronyd':
    enable => true,
    ensure => 'running',
  }
}

Rule   A remote time server for Chrony is configured   [ref]

Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:

server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured.

Rationale:

If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is working properly.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_specify_remote_server
Identifiers and References



var_multiple_time_servers="0.pool.ntp.org,1.pool.ntp.org,2.pool.ntp.org,3.pool.ntp.org"

config_file="/etc/chrony.conf"

if ! grep -q '^[\s]*(?:server|pool)[\s]+[\w]+' "$config_file" ; then
  if ! grep -q '#[[:space:]]*server' "$config_file" ; then
    for server in $(echo "$var_multiple_time_servers" | tr ',' '\n') ; do
      printf '\nserver %s' "$server" >> "$config_file"
    done
  else
    sed -i 's/#[ \t]*server/server/g' "$config_file"
  fi
fi


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_multiple_time_servers # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_multiple_time_servers: !!str 0.pool.ntp.org,1.pool.ntp.org,2.pool.ntp.org,3.pool.ntp.org
  tags:
    - always

- name: Detect if chrony is already configured with pools or servers
  find:
    path: /etc
    patterns: chrony.conf
    contains: ^[\s]*(?:server|pool)[\s]+[\w]+
  register: chrony_servers
  tags:
    - chronyd_specify_remote_server
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

- name: Configure remote time servers
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/chrony.conf
    line: server {{ item }}
    state: present
    create: true
  loop: '{{ var_multiple_time_servers.split(",") }}'
  when: chrony_servers.matched == 0
  tags:
    - chronyd_specify_remote_server
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed

Rule   Ensure that chronyd is running under chrony user account   [ref]

chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. To ensure that chronyd is running under chrony user account, Add or edit the OPTIONS variable in /etc/sysconfig/chronyd to include -u chrony:

OPTIONS="-u chrony"
This recommendation only applies if chrony is in use on the system.

Rationale:

If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is working properly.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_run_as_chrony_user
Identifiers and References
Group   Print Support   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) service provides both local and network printing support. A system running the CUPS service can accept print jobs from other systems, process them, and send them to the appropriate printer. It also provides an interface for remote administration through a web browser. The CUPS service is installed and activated by default. The project homepage and more detailed documentation are available at http://www.cups.org.

Rule   Disable the CUPS Service   [ref]

The cups service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable cups.service
The cups service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask cups.service

Rationale:

Turn off unneeded services to reduce attack surface.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_cups_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.4, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'cups.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'cups.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'cups.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^cups.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'cups.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'cups.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'cups.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'cups.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service cups
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service cups
      systemd:
        name: cups.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"cups.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_cups_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Unit Socket Exists - cups.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files cups.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_cups_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Disable socket cups
  systemd:
    name: cups.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"cups.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_cups_disabled
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_cups

class disable_cups {
  service {'cups':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Web Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The web server is responsible for providing access to content via the HTTP protocol. Web servers represent a significant security risk because:

  • The HTTP port is commonly probed by malicious sources
  • Web server software is very complex, and includes a long history of vulnerabilities
  • The HTTP protocol is unencrypted and vulnerable to passive monitoring


The system's default web server software is Apache 2 and is provided in the RPM package httpd.

Group   Disable Apache if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If Apache was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a web server, then it should be disabled and removed from the system.

Rule   Disable httpd Service   [ref]

The httpd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable httpd.service
The httpd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask httpd.service

Rationale:

Running web server software provides a network-based avenue of attack, and should be disabled if not needed.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_httpd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.10, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'httpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'httpd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'httpd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^httpd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'httpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'httpd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'httpd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'httpd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service httpd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service httpd
      systemd:
        name: httpd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"httpd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_httpd_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Unit Socket Exists - httpd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files httpd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_httpd_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Disable socket httpd
  systemd:
    name: httpd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"httpd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_httpd_disabled
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_httpd

class disable_httpd {
  service {'httpd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Avahi Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Avahi daemon implements the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS protocols, which provide service and host discovery on a network. It allows a system to automatically identify resources on the network, such as printers or web servers. This capability is also known as mDNSresponder and is a major part of Zeroconf networking.

Group   Disable Avahi Server if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network port, it is subject to network attacks. Disabling it can reduce the system's vulnerability to such attacks.

Rule   Disable Avahi Server Software   [ref]

The avahi-daemon service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable avahi-daemon.service
The avahi-daemon service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask avahi-daemon.service

Rationale:

Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network port, it is subject to network attacks. Its functionality is convenient but is only appropriate if the local network can be trusted.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_avahi-daemon_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.3, 11, 14, 3, 9, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000366, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'avahi-daemon.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'avahi-daemon.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'avahi-daemon.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^avahi-daemon.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'avahi-daemon.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'avahi-daemon.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'avahi-daemon.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'avahi-daemon.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service avahi-daemon
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service avahi-daemon
      systemd:
        name: avahi-daemon.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"avahi-daemon.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_avahi-daemon_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - avahi-daemon.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files avahi-daemon.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_avahi-daemon_disabled

- name: Disable socket avahi-daemon
  systemd:
    name: avahi-daemon.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"avahi-daemon.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_avahi-daemon_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_avahi-daemon

class disable_avahi-daemon {
  service {'avahi-daemon':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Obsolete Services   Group contains 5 groups and 7 rules

[ref]   This section discusses a number of network-visible services which have historically caused problems for system security, and for which disabling or severely limiting the service has been the best available guidance for some time. As a result of this, many of these services are not installed as part of SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 by default.

Organizations which are running these services should switch to more secure equivalents as soon as possible. If it remains absolutely necessary to run one of these services for legacy reasons, care should be taken to restrict the service as much as possible, for instance by configuring host firewall software such as iptables to restrict access to the vulnerable service to only those remote hosts which have a known need to use it.

Group   Rlogin, Rsh, and Rexec   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The Berkeley r-commands are legacy services which allow cleartext remote access and have an insecure trust model.

Rule   Uninstall rsh Package   [ref]

The rsh package contains the client commands for the rsh services

Rationale:

These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh,rcp, and rlogin.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_rsh_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.2, 3.1.13, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove rsh
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on rsh. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure rsh is removed
  package:
    name: rsh
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_rsh_removed
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_rsh

class remove_rsh {
  package { 'rsh':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   Chat/Messaging Services   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session.

Rule   Uninstall talk Package   [ref]

The talk package contains the client program for the Internet talk protocol, which allows the user to chat with other users on different systems. Talk is a communication program which copies lines from one terminal to the terminal of another user. The talk package can be removed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper remove talk

Rationale:

The talk software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communications. Removing the talk package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of talk client program.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_talk_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.3, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii)



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove talk
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on talk. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure talk is removed
  package:
    name: talk
    state: absent
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_talk_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_talk

class remove_talk {
  package { 'talk':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   Xinetd   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The xinetd service acts as a dedicated listener for some network services (mostly, obsolete ones) and can be used to provide access controls and perform some logging. It has been largely obsoleted by other features, and it is not installed by default. The older Inetd service is not even available as part of SUSE Linux Enterprise 15.

Rule   Disable xinetd Service   [ref]

The xinetd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable xinetd.service
The xinetd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask xinetd.service

Rationale:

The xinetd service provides a dedicated listener service for some programs, which is no longer necessary for commonly-used network services. Disabling it ensures that these uncommon services are not running, and also prevents attacks against xinetd itself.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_xinetd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.1.10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 3.4.7, CCI-000305, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'xinetd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'xinetd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'xinetd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^xinetd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'xinetd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'xinetd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'xinetd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'xinetd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service xinetd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service xinetd
      systemd:
        name: xinetd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"xinetd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.7
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_xinetd_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - xinetd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files xinetd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.7
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_xinetd_disabled

- name: Disable socket xinetd
  systemd:
    name: xinetd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"xinetd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.7
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_xinetd_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_xinetd

class disable_xinetd {
  service {'xinetd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Telnet   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The telnet protocol does not provide confidentiality or integrity for information transmitted on the network. This includes authentication information such as passwords. Organizations which use telnet should be actively working to migrate to a more secure protocol.

Rule   Remove telnet Clients   [ref]

The telnet client allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.

Rationale:

The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in SUSE Linux Enterprise 15.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_telnet_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  3.1.13, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove telnet
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on telnet. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure telnet is removed
  package:
    name: telnet
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_telnet_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_telnet

class remove_telnet {
  package { 'telnet':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   NIS   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The Network Information Service (NIS), also known as 'Yellow Pages' (YP), and its successor NIS+ have been made obsolete by Kerberos, LDAP, and other modern centralized authentication services. NIS should not be used because it suffers from security problems inherent in its design, such as inadequate protection of important authentication information.

Rule   Uninstall ypserv Package   [ref]

The ypserv package can be removed with the following command:

$ sudo zypper remove ypserv

Rationale:

The NIS service provides an unencrypted authentication service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. Removing the ypserv package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of NIS or NIS+ services.

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_ypserv_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.17, 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, CCI-000381, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), IA-5(1)(c), PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove ypserv
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on ypserv. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure ypserv is removed
  package:
    name: ypserv
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(c)
    - disable_strategy
    - high_severity
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_ypserv_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_ypserv

class remove_ypserv {
  package { 'ypserv':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}

Rule   Remove NIS Client   [ref]

The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client (ypbind) was used to bind a system to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.

Rationale:

The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_ypbind_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii)



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove ypbind
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on ypbind. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure ypbind is removed
  package:
    name: ypbind
    state: absent
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_ypbind_removed
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_ypbind

class remove_ypbind {
  package { 'ypbind':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}

Rule   Ensure rsyncd service is diabled   [ref]

The rsyncd service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable rsyncd.service
The rsyncd service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask rsyncd.service

Rationale:

The rsyncd service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication.

Severity: 
medium
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rsyncd_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.17



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'rsyncd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'rsyncd.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'rsyncd.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^rsyncd.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'rsyncd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'rsyncd.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'rsyncd.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'rsyncd.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rsyncd
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service rsyncd
      systemd:
        name: rsyncd.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"rsyncd.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rsyncd_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - rsyncd.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files rsyncd.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rsyncd_disabled

- name: Disable socket rsyncd
  systemd:
    name: rsyncd.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"rsyncd.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - medium_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rsyncd_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_rsyncd

class disable_rsyncd {
  service {'rsyncd':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Deprecated services   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Some deprecated software services impact the overall system security due to their behavior (leak of confidentiality in network exchange, usage as uncontrolled communication channel, risk associated with the service due to its old age, etc.

Rule   Uninstall the telnet server   [ref]

The telnet daemon should be uninstalled.

Rationale:

telnet allows clear text communications, and does not protect any data transmission between client and server. Any confidential data can be listened and no integrity checking is made.'

Severity: 
high
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_telnetd_removed
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R1), 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6, A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

# CAUTION: This remediation script will remove telnetd
#	   from the system, and may remove any packages
#	   that depend on telnetd. Execute this
#	   remediation AFTER testing on a non-production
#	   system!

printf '%s\n' "Can't generate a remediation for zypper" >&2
exit 1


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure telnetd is removed
  package:
    name: telnetd
    state: absent
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - high_severity
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - package_telnetd_removed


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_telnetd

class remove_telnetd {
  package { 'telnetd':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Group   NFS and RPC   Group contains 4 groups and 2 rules

[ref]   The Network File System is a popular distributed filesystem for the Unix environment, and is very widely deployed. This section discusses the circumstances under which it is possible to disable NFS and its dependencies, and then details steps which should be taken to secure NFS's configuration. This section is relevant to systems operating as NFS clients, as well as to those operating as NFS servers.

Group   Configure NFS Clients   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The steps in this section are appropriate for systems which operate as NFS clients.

Group   Disable NFS Server Daemons   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   There is no need to run the NFS server daemons nfs and rpcsvcgssd except on a small number of properly secured systems designated as NFS servers. Ensure that these daemons are turned off on clients.

Rule   Disable Network File System (nfs)   [ref]

The Network File System (NFS) service allows remote hosts to mount and interact with shared filesystems on the local system. If the local system is not designated as a NFS server then this service should be disabled. The nfs service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable nfs.service
The nfs service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask nfs.service

Rationale:

Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
unknown
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_nfs_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.7, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5, CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'nfs.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'nfs.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'nfs.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^nfs.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'nfs.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'nfs.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'nfs.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'nfs.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service nfs
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service nfs
      systemd:
        name: nfs.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"nfs.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_nfs_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Unit Socket Exists - nfs.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files nfs.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_nfs_disabled
    - unknown_severity

- name: Disable socket nfs
  systemd:
    name: nfs.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"nfs.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(b)
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_nfs_disabled
    - unknown_severity


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_nfs

class disable_nfs {
  service {'nfs':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Group   Disable All NFS Services if Possible   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   If there is not a reason for the system to operate as either an NFS client or an NFS server, follow all instructions in this section to disable subsystems required by NFS.

Warning:  The steps in this section will prevent a system from operating as either an NFS client or an NFS server. Only perform these steps on systems which do not need NFS at all.
Group   Disable Services Used Only by NFS   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If NFS is not needed, disable the NFS client daemons nfslock, rpcgssd, and rpcidmapd.

All of these daemons run with elevated privileges, and many listen for network connections. If they are not needed, they should be disabled to improve system security posture.

Rule   Disable rpcbind Service   [ref]

The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. If the system does not require RPC (such as for NFS servers) then this service should be disabled. The rpcbind service can be disabled with the following command:

$ sudo systemctl disable rpcbind.service
The rpcbind service can be masked with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask rpcbind.service

Rationale:

If the system does not require rpc based services, it is recommended that rpcbind be disabled to reduce the attack surface.

Severity: 
low
Rule ID:xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rpcbind_disabled
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.7



Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable


SYSTEMCTL_EXEC='/usr/bin/systemctl'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'rpcbind.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'rpcbind.service'
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'rpcbind.service'
# Disable socket activation if we have a unit file for it
if "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" list-unit-files | grep -q '^rpcbind.socket'; then
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" stop 'rpcbind.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" disable 'rpcbind.socket'
    "$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" mask 'rpcbind.socket'
fi
# The service may not be running because it has been started and failed,
# so let's reset the state so OVAL checks pass.
# Service should be 'inactive', not 'failed' after reboot though.
"$SYSTEMCTL_EXEC" reset-failed 'rpcbind.service' || true


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rpcbind
  block:

    - name: Gather the service facts
      service_facts: null

    - name: Disable service rpcbind
      systemd:
        name: rpcbind.service
        enabled: 'no'
        state: stopped
        masked: 'yes'
      when: '"rpcbind.service" in ansible_facts.services'
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rpcbind_disabled

- name: Unit Socket Exists - rpcbind.socket
  command: systemctl list-unit-files rpcbind.socket
  args:
    warn: false
  register: socket_file_exists
  changed_when: false
  ignore_errors: true
  check_mode: false
  when: ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rpcbind_disabled

- name: Disable socket rpcbind
  systemd:
    name: rpcbind.socket
    enabled: 'no'
    state: stopped
    masked: 'yes'
  when:
    - '"rpcbind.socket" in socket_file_exists.stdout_lines[1]'
    - ansible_virtualization_role != "guest" or ansible_virtualization_type != "docker"
  tags:
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - low_severity
    - no_reboot_needed
    - service_rpcbind_disabled


Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include disable_rpcbind

class disable_rpcbind {
  service {'rpcbind':
    enable => false,
    ensure => 'stopped',
  }
}
Red Hat and Red Hat Enterprise Linux are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All other names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies.